Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 113

Document ID: 3709TRAN 98

Submittal/Transmittal
TRAN #: 98
Edwards Lifesciences, LLC Issued Date: 1/11/2018
Project ID #: EDW2017 Req. Response Date: 1/15/2018
Job ID #: C1727 - Edwards Lifesciences - THV Production Cleanro
TO: FROM:
Bergelectric Corp. Cannon Building
650 Opper St. 1861 E. Miraloma Ave.
Escondido, CA 92029 Placentia, CA 92870
Contact: Willie Guillen Contact: Eddie Nahigan
Phone #: (760) 746-1003
Facsimile #:

Number of pages: 113 (including cover sheet)

RE: Electrical (26 09 43) & (26 51 00)

Sent Via: Email


Copies Date Ref Status Description
1 1/11/2018 16010-10-2 RAR Interior Lighting

1 1/11/2018 16010-10-1 RAR Network Lighting Controls

These are transmitted for the purpose noted below:

For Approval Note:


For Review or Comment
RAR: Revise and resubmit the attached submittal.
For Your Information
For Your Action
Approved as Submitted
Approved as Noted
Return for Corrections
Revise and Resubmit
Returned To Your Attention
Per Your Request

Document ID: 3709TRAN 98

1441 McGaw Ave.


Irvine, CA 92614
(949) 250-2500
(FAX)
Submittal Review

Edwards Lifesciences THV Cleanroom


Lighting Fixtures and Control Submittal (260943 & 265100)
Lighting Control Comment:
SUBMITTAL ACTION
1. Provide RM series recessed mount occupancy SUBMISSION FIRST SECOND THIRD
sensor instead of surface mount CM series.
2. All lighting control devices are to be white. REVIEWED
3. Remove WSX switch. REVIEWED AS NOTED
4. Provide lighting control schematic. REVIEWED AS NOTED RESUBMIT
REJECTED
Lighting Comments: RESUBMIT
SEE TRANSMITTAL FOR INSTRUCTIONS
1. Fixture A3 to be 8000LM. Provide 10' aircraft cable This submittal has been reviewed only for conformance with the
design concept of the Project and compliance with the Information
with hook (IBAC120 M20) instead of 36" chain given in the Contract Documents.
hanger. It is the Contractor’s contractual duty to review and act upon submittals,
prior to their submission to verify that all requirements of the Contract
Documents have been met or if they have not been met, to notify the
2. Fixture C1 to 6" diameter - 1500L. Gotham # Architect in writing. By the submission of this submittal to the Architect, it is
assumed the Contractor has fulfiled these contractual duties. Review of this
EVO-40/15-6AR-MD-LSS-MVOLT-EZ1. submittal by Architect does not relieve the Contractor of the duty to meet
the requirements of the Contract Documents and the applicable building
codes.
3. Fixture T1 shall have 10' aircraft cable with hook
Any comments noted or corrections requested are for clarification of the general
(ZACVH) instead of 36" chain with Y hanger. character of the work. Correctness of details, measurements, quantities,
conformity with Contract Documents, techniques of construction and coordination
with other trades shall remain the complete responsibility of the General/Prime
4. For Fixture X1: Contractor.

a. Verify with ELS for the color. BY: V. Do 01/09/2018


------- DATE: ------
b. Provide LRP-W-1-*C-120/277 for single face EWINGCOLE
fixtures. 15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 200, Irvine, CA 92618
ARCHITECTS ENGINEERS INTERIOR DESIGNERS PLANNERS
c. Provide LRP-W-2-*MR-120/277 for double face
fixtures
d. Refer to the lighting plan E3.1.1 for directional
indicators.

Discovery Business Center, 15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite 200, Irvine, CA 92618 TEL 949.417.7550 FAX 949.585.9391 ewingcole.com
Document ID: 3631TRAN 74

Submittal/Transmittal
TRAN #: 74
Edwards Lifesciences, LLC Issued Date: 1/8/2018
Project ID #: EDW2017 Req. Response Date: 1/15/2018
Job ID #: C1727 - Edwards Lifesciences - THV Production Cleanro
TO: FROM:
Ewing Cole Cannon Building
15231 Laguna Canyon Rd., Suite 200 1861 E. Miraloma Ave.
Irvine, CA 92618 Placentia, CA 92870
Contact: Gary Mangham Contact: Eddie Nahigan
Phone #: (949) 417-7550
Facsimile #:

Number of pages: 111 (including cover sheet)

RE: Electrical (26 09 43) & (26 51 00)

Sent Via: Email


Copies Date Ref Status Description
1 1/8/2018 16010-10-2 OUT Interior Lighting

1 1/8/2018 16010-10-1 OUT Network Lighting Controls

These are transmitted for the purpose noted below:

For Approval Note:


For Review or Comment
Please see the attached submittal for your review and response.
For Your Information
For Your Action
Approved as Submitted
Approved as Noted
Return for Corrections
Revise and Resubmit
Returned To Your Attention
Per Your Request

Document ID: 3631TRAN 74

1441 McGaw Ave.


Irvine, CA 92614
(949) 250-2500
(FAX)
C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW Page 1 of 110 01/08/2018

Submittal No. .001


Edwards Lifesciences THV Production Cleanroom
Irvine, CA
Contract #:
Bergelectric WO #: 117203

Network Lighting Controls


Specification Section: 26 09 43
January 8, 2018

ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR
Bergelectric Corporation
650 Opper Street
Escondido, CA 92029

GENERAL CONTRACTOR
Cannon Building
1861 E. Miraloma Ave.
Placentia, CA 92123

ARCHITECT ENGINEER
Ewing Cole Ewing Cole
15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite #200 15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite #200
Irvine, CA 92618 Irvine, CA 92618

For Review and Approval Stamping

650 Opper Street, Escondido, CA 92029 - Tel (760) 746.1003 Fax (760) 741.0918 - License No. C10-85046
C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW Page 2 of 110 01/08/2018

Submittal No. .001


Edwards Lifesciences THV Production Cleanroom
Irvine, CA
Contract #:
Bergelectric WO #: 117203

LIST OF REQUIRED SUBMITTALS


Network Lighting Controls
Specification Section: 26 09 43

Submitted Submitted Future


Section Para. No. Item Description Herein Previously Submittal

26-09-43 Lighting Control X


X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

Product Data = P. Data Shop Drawings = Dwgs. Test Reports = T. Rpts.

DNA = Does not apply to this project


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW Page 3 of 110 01/08/2018

Submittal No. .001


Edwards Lifesciences THV Production Cleanroom
Irvine, CA
Contract #:
Bergelectric WO #: 117203

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Network Lighting Controls
Specification Section: 26 09 43

Section Para. No. Item Description TAB #

26-09-43 0 Lighting Control 1


0 0 0 2
0 0 0 3
0 0 0 4
0 0 0 5
0 0 0 6
0 0 0 7
0 0 0 8
0 0 0 9
0 0 0 10
0 0 0 11
0 0 0 12
0 0 0 13
0 0 0 14
It is hereby certified that the (material) (equipment) (article) shown and/or marked in these submittals,
shop drawings, catalog cut(s), etc. is proposed to be incorporated with Contract No. is in complete
compliance with Contract Drawings and Specifications, and can be installed in the allocated spaces.

NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR: Bergelectric Corporation


AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE: Willie Guillen
TITLE OR POSITION: Project Manager
DATE: 1/8/2018
C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW Page 4 of 110 01/08/2018

Submittal No. .001


Edwards Lifesciences THV Production Cleanroom
Irvine, CA
Contract #:
Bergelectric WO #: 117203

TAB # 1

Network Lighting Controls

Lighting Control
Specification Section: 26 09 43
C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW Page 5 of 110 01/08/2018

Controls Submittal

Job Name:
EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES
THV

Prepared For:
BERGELECTRIC

Date:
JANUARY 5, 2018
C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW Page 6 of 110 01/08/2018

Dec 13, 2017

RE: ELS THV Production Renovation


Irvine CA

Type MFG Part

X1 Lithonia LRP W * RMR *** 120/277 ***


Lithonia Controls FCS PS10
Lithonia Controls NADR L400
Lithonia Controls NBRG 8 KIT
Lithonia Controls NCM 10 RJB
Lithonia Controls NCM PDT 10 RJB
Lithonia Controls NCM PDT 9 RJB
Lithonia Controls NECY 120
Lithonia Controls NGWY2 GFX
Lithonia Controls NIO BT
Lithonia Controls NIO PC KIT
Lithonia Controls NPODM 2P DX XX
Lithonia Controls NPODM 4P DX XX
Lithonia Controls NPODM DX XX
Lithonia Controls NPODM XX
Lithonia Controls NPP16
Lithonia Controls NPP16 D
Lithonia Controls NPP16 D ER
Lithonia Controls NPP20 PL

FF00010 Performance Lighting Systems Page 1/2


C1727 ELS THV
Type
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
MFG Part
Page 7 of 110 01/08/2018
Lithonia Controls NWSX PDT LV DX XX
Lithonia Controls WSX PDT D XX

FF00010 Performance Lighting Systems Page 2/2


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 8 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: FCS PS10
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

Catalog Number: Date: Project:

OVERVIEW
The Fresco Power Supply (FCS PS10) is a Class 2 low voltage power supply intended to
power a single Fresco Touchscreen, or other 24VDC Acuity Controls devices. The FCS PS10
is intended for use with 120-277V, 50/60Hz circuits.

FEATURES
FCS PS10 Power Supply
Low Voltage Power Supply
sȩ Provided with Fresco touchscreens
sȩ Available separately for use as low voltage power supply for Acuity Controls equipment
sȩ 24VDC output, Class 2 Circuit
sȩ 120-277V, 50/60Hz input
sȩ Supplies 10W@ 40°C, 7W@50°C FCS PS10
Suitable for Ple
sȩ Consumes 12W@120V, 14W@277V INPUT
num Use
OUTPUT
sȩ UL Listed (E110912) BLK/ORG: HOT Class 2 Circuit

GRN: GROUND RED: 24VDC


sȩ Suitable for Plenum Use (UL2403) WHT: NEUTRA
L
BLK: GROUND
120-277V

ENVIRONMENTAL
24VDC
50/60Hz
10W max < 40º
0.2A max C/104ºF
7W max < 50º
C/122ºF
sȩ Maximum Ambient : 122°F/50°C NG ! WARNI
DISCONNECT POW
ER BEFORE SER
sȩ Minimum Ambient : 32°F/0°C VICING

sȩ Relative Humidity: 90% non-condensing


888.535.2465
sȩ Designed for permanent interior installation E130839 *228MH0
Assembled in
USA

Warranty
Two-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
DIMENSIONS (inches/mm)
3 1/2 1 13/16
(89) (46)
DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE SERVICING
10W max < 40ºC/104ºF

888.535.2465
*228MH0
Assembled in USA
7W max < 50ºC/122ºF
RED: 24VDC

BLK: GROUND
Class 2 Circuit
OUTPUT
PS10
Suitable for Plenum Use

24VDC

WARNING

2 9/16
(65)
FCS

120-277V
INPUT

0.2A max
50/60Hz
WHT: NEUTRAL
GRN: GROUND

E130839
!
BLK/ORG: HOT

ORDERING INFORMATION
Example: FCS PS10

Series Model
FCS Fresco Control System PS10 10W Power Supply

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way, Conyers Ga, 30012 PHONE : (800)-535-2465 www.AcuityControls.com ©2015 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. 4/22/15 Sheet #: FCS PS10 1 of 2

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 9 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: FCS PS10
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

Catalog Number: Date: Project:


INSTALLATION
ONE JUNCTION BOX TWO JUNCTION BOXES
ATTACH ATTACH
POWER SUPPLY TO POWER SUPPLY TO
JUNCTION BOX JUNCTION BOX

FCSfor PS10
Plenum Use
Suitable FCSfor PS10
Plenum Use
INPUT OUTPUT Suitable
Class 2 Circuit INPUT OUTPUT
Class 2 Circuit
BLK/ORG: HOT RED: 24VDC
BLK/ORG: HOT RED: 24VDC
GRN: GROUND
BLK: GROUND GRN: GROUND
WHT: NEUTRAL BLK: GROUND
WHT: NEUTRAL
120-277V 24VDC
120-277V 24VDC
50/60Hz 10W max < 40ºC/104ºF
50/60Hz 10W max < 40ºC/104ºF
7W max < 50ºC/122ºF
0.2A max
LOW 0.2A max 7W max < 50ºC/122ºF

! WARNING ! WARNING
DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE SERVICING VOLTAGE DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE SERVICING

OUTPUT
888.535.2465 888.535.2465
*228MH0 *228MH0
Assembled in USA E130839 Assembled in USA
E130839

LOW
LINE LINE VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE VOLTAGE WIRING
WIRING WIRING COMPARTMENT
COMPARTMENT COMPARTMENT

WIRING CONNECTIONS
RED

BLACK
RED
+24VDC

BLACK WHITE

YELLOW FRESCO CONTROL


DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE SERVICING
10W max < 40ºC/104ºF

888.535.2465
*228MH0
Assembled in USA
7W max < 50ºC/122ºF
RED: 24VDC

BLK: GROUND
Class 2 Circuit
OUTPUT
PS10
Suitable for Plenum Use

24VDC

NETWORK
WARNING

DETACHABLE
FCS

PIGTAIL HARNESS
120-277V
INPUT

0.2A max
50/60Hz
WHT: NEUTRAL
GRN: GROUND

E130839
!
BLK/ORG: HOT

BLACK/ORANGE
H
120/277 VAC FRESCO TOUCHSCREEN
N
WHITE GREEN (BACK VIEW)

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way, Conyers Ga, 30012 PHONE : (800)-535-2465 www.AcuityControls.com ©2015 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. 4/22/15 Sheet #: FCS PS10 2 of 2

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 10 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NADR L400
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

Catalog Number: Date: Project:

OVERVIEW
OpenADR is a standard protocol that electrical utility providers can use to communicate demand
response signals using a common language over Internet. The nADR client allows an nLight and/or
XPoint Wireless system to integrate with an OpenADR 2.0a Demand Response Automation Server
(DRAS). This device functions by communicating with a configured OpenADR DRAS to retrieve live
power demand information from the utility company and automatically activate load shed profiles
according to pre-configured user settings. The device supports four demand response levels:
None, Moderate, High and Special; allowing a user to define load shed strategies for each mode.
nADR requires nGWY2 to activate load shed Profiles on nLight and/or XPoint Wireless systems.
FEATURES nADR
• Automated demand response and load shed capabilities for nLight and/or XPoint Wireless Demand Response Client
systems Interface
• Enables 2013 CA Title 24 compliance1
• Enables LEED Version 4 compliance. Qualifies building for a 2-point credit²
• Acuity Controls Virtual End Point (VEN)³ to Open Automated Demand Response 2.0a
(OpenADR) Demand Response Automation Server (DRAS)
• Supports four demand response levels (None, Moderate, High, Special)
• Supports integration through proxy servers, if required

NOTES
1. http://www.openadr.org/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=8
1:openadr-and-title-24&catid=21:press-releases&Itemid=121 The code states
that demand responsive controls and equipment shall be capable of receiving
and automatically responding to at least one standards-based messaging protocol
such as OpenADR. For example, in response to a DR signal, buildings larger than
10,000 square feet will have to automatically reduce their lighting power by at
least 15 percent below the building’s maximum lighting power.
2. http://www.usgbc.org/node/2613001?return=/credits
3. A VEN is also referred to as a DRAS client; Acuity Controls supports the OpenADR
simpleDRAS client mode UTILITY
DRAS
SPECIFICATIONS 1 2 3
SERVER

Size: 2.76” W x 1.06” H x 3.94” D (7.0 cm x 2.7 cm x 10.0 cm) nLight Gateway

Mounting: Wall-mountable via screws


Ports: Micro USB Power Connector, 1 x 10/100 BaseT Ethernet
Electrical Power: DC 5V 1500mA (1.5A) [110VAC power cord included]
RoHS Compliant, Title 24 System Component
Warranty
Five-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
Specifications subject to change without notice.

Capable
This item is an A+ capable component, which has been designed and tested to provide out-of-the-box
luminaire compatibility with simple commissioning, when included as part of an A+ Certified™ Solution.
To learn more about A+, visit www.acuitybrands.com/aplus.

ORDERING INFORMATION
nADR Example: nADR L400

Series

nADR L400 Supports up to one (1) nGWY2 L400 version nLight Gateway
nADR Supports up to five (5) nLight Gateways (nGWY2 or nGWY2 L400)

nADR - TN-802
Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com © 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. 02/13/17 1 of 1

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 11 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NBRG 8 KIT
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

Catalog Number: Date: Project:

OVERVIEW
The nLight Bridge increases the number of lighting control zones in an nLight system. This ability
stems from the fact that each Bridge has 8 RJ-45 ports into which zones of daisy-chained nLight
devices can connect. The Bridge also is an integral component of the communication backbone in
an nLight network. Fundamentally, Bridges act as hubs by aggregating traffic from the connected
downstream zones and placing it onto the backbone. They also act as routers by forwarding
information from the backbone out to the applicable downstream zones.

FEATURES
• Communicates with nLight Network nBRG 8
• Remotely configurable/upgradeable 8-Port nLight Bridge
• Push-button programmable
• Green LED indicators for each Port
• Redistributes bus power between ports
• Supports up to 128 devices per port

SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions: 4.90” H x 4.90” W x 1.05”D
Color: White
Mounting: 4” x 4” square box
nLight Network Ports: (8) RJ-45 Electrical
Input Voltage: 15-24 VAC/VDC
Input Current: 60 mA
Bus Power Contribution: ~90mA total (if powered via PS 150)
Max Input Current/Port: 40mA (e.g. from a connected nPP16)
Max Output Current/Port: 40mA (assumes sufficient bus power is present from combination
of local power supply and other connected zones with net positive
bus power)
Recom’d Power Supply: PS 150 via terminal connections (or PS 150 347)
RoHS Compliant, Title 24 System Component

Warranty
Five-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
Specifications subject to change without notice.

Capable
This item is an A+ capable component, which has been designed and tested to provide out-of-the-box
luminaire compatibility with simple commissioning, when included as part of an A+ Certified™ Solution.
To learn more about A+, visit www.acuitybrands.com/aplus.

ORDERING INFORMATION
nBRG 8 Example: nBRG 8 KIT

Series Voltage Temp/Humidity Power Supply

nBRG 8 Bridge [blank] 120/277VAC [blank] Standard [blank] Unit Only


347 347VAC LT Low temp KIT Kit w/ power supply

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com © 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. 02/13/17 1 of 2

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 12 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NBRG 8 KIT
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

WIRING (DO NOT WIRE HOT)


A 15-24 VDC or VAC power supply can deliver power to the N H
Bridge via the terminal connections on the side of the unit. BLK - 120 V
The PS 150 version power supply (included in the KIT WHT
ORN - 277 V
PS 150
option) is recommended, as it conveniently mounts through
RED
a knock-out on the side of the junction box where the Bridge BLK/ORN
unit is mounted. BLK

Cap unused BLK/ORN wire

DETAILED DIAGRAM

BUTTON LED RJ-45 PORT SCREW HOLES POWER TERMINAL


CONNECTION
INSTALLATION
1. Mount power supply to a 4” x 4” square junction box (through a 1/2” knockout)
2. Connect the power supply’s class 1 line voltage wires. Cap any unused wires.
3. Mount Bridge unit to top of same junction box
4. Connect the power supply’s low voltage wires to the Bridge’s terminal connectors. Upon power up, unit’s LEDs will flash.
5. Attach CAT-5e cables from lighting zones to the appropriate Bridge RJ-45 ports according to system design. Individual port
LEDs will blink according to the following pattern:
• Rapid Flash - Port is in discovery
• 1 Blink - Healthy zone of devices
• 2 Blinks - Upstream bridge or gateway is detected
• 4 Blinks - Downstream bridge is detected
6. Fill out Bridge’s port identification sticker(s) and commissioning card

nGWY2 CTRL

LAN 1
2
3

Commisioning Card
Serial #
nGWY2
GWY2 GFX
SENSORVIEW 1 8

2 7

5 6 7 3 4 5 6 4 5 6 7 3 6

4 5
nBRG 8 nBRG 8 nBRG 8

1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 3

NETWORK CONFIGURATION
An nLight network backbone consists of one or more Bridges and a Gateway (nGWY2 CTRL & nGWY2 GFX) communicating over CAT-5e wired connections. The
architecture can be topology-free, however wide branching backbone networks are recommended over linear runs. Any one or more RJ-45 ports on a Bridge
may be used to connect to other Bridge or Gateway devices.
Note: A maximum of 9 bridges may be used in a row (ie: bridge jumps from the gateway to the last bridge should remain less than 9).

PROGRAMMING
Refer to included instructions on LED indications and push button functionality.
nBRG - TN-701

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com © 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. 02/13/17 2 of 2

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 13 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NCM 10 RJB
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

Catalog Number: Date: Project:

OVERVIEW
The nCM xx RJB family of nLight ceiling/surface mount occupancy sensors provide a range of
networked sensor solutions for applications with finished ceilings (e.g. ceiling tiles, sheetrock,
plaster). nCM xx RJB family sensors utilize 100% digital Passive Infrared (PIR) detection and
are available with several lens options, providing flexibility for multiple mounting height and
coverage pattern requirements. Dual technology occupancy detection can also be added as an
option for applications where occupants are stationary for long periods of time. All sensors have
integrated on/off photocells as a standard feature, with automatic daylight harvesting/dimming
control as an available option. Additionally, nCM xx RJB family sensors are also available with
an optional auxiliary low voltage relay for simple integration with a BMS system or other building
nCM xx RJB
system. nCM PDT xx RJB
nCM xx RJB family sensors are powered via the nLight network bus and typically communicate
with one or more nLight enabled luminaires (e.g. Lithonia VTLED Series) or nLight relay/dimming
packs to enable control of fixtures individually or in groups. These configurations work standalone
and do not require a connection to a larger nLight network.

FEATURES
• 100% digital PIR detection
• Integrated photocell standard (disabled by default) — Photocell views down through sensor
lens and when enabled provides two selectable modes of operation
– On/Off mode: Photocell has full on/off control during periods of occupancy nCM
nCM 9 RJB
– Inhibit mode: Photocell can prevent lights from turning on if adequate daylight is available, nCM PDT 9 RJB
but cannot turn lights off
• Optional dimming photocell (ADCX option)
• Optional auxiliary low voltage relay (AR option) for dry contact output - relay only tracks
occupancy by default, ignoring switch and photocell commands
• LED status indicator
• Adjustable settings (e.g. occupancy time delays, photocell set-points) via push-button or
SensorView software application
• Broadcasts occupancy and photocell information over a local nLight channel nCM 10 RJB
• Remotely upgradeable firmware nCM PDT 10 RJB

Warranty
Five-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
nCM 6 RJB
Capable
This item is an A+ capable component, which has been designed and tested to provide out-of-the-box
luminaire compatibility with simple commissioning, when included as part of an A+ Certified™ Solution.
To learn more about A+, visit www.acuitybrands.com/aplus.

ORDERING INFORMATION
nCM xx RJB Example: nCM PDT 9 ADCX RJB

Series / Detection Coverage Type Options (See Below) RJ45 Port Location

nCM PIR Detection 9 Small Motion 360° RJB Rear RJ45 (CAT5e patch cable & RJ45
nCM PDT Dual Tech (PIR/ Microphonics) 10 Large Motion 360 ° splitter included)
6 High Mount 360° (not available with PDT version)

nCM xx RJB Options

Photocell Auxiliary Relay Dual Time Delay ² Temp/ Humidity

[blank] On/Off Photocell (disabled by default) [blank] None [blank] Single Time Delay [blank] Standard
ADCX Automatic Dimming Control (of remote dimming output) AR Low Voltage Aux. Relay 2P Dual Time Delay LT Low Temp / High Humidity
NOTES:
1. For information on models with side RJ45 ports, see website
2. Not available with AR or ADCX options

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com © 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. 02/13/17 1 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 14 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NCM 10 RJB
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

SPECIFICATIONS

Size: 4.55” Dia. (11.56 cm) 1.55” Deep (3.94 cm) nLight Bus Power Consumption: ~3mA
Weight: 6 oz nLight Network Connection: 2 RJ-45 Ports (via an included RJ-45
Mounting: Ceiling Tile / Sheetrock Surface, 3.5” Octagon splitter)
Box, Single Gang Handy box Relay Rating (AR option only): 1A @ 24 VAC/VDC (resistive only)
Color: Matte White ROHS Compliant, Title 24 Component
Wires / Cables: (1) CAT5e patch cable, 1ft (factory installed)
(2) 20 AWG wires (AR option only)

COVERAGE PATTERNS
SMALL MOTION 360º (Model # nCM 9/nCM PDT 91)
3.7 12

• Best choice for small motion (e.g. hand


SIDE VIEW TOP VIEW 1.8 6
movements) detection 0 ft 0m
• 360º conical shaped pattern
0m 0 ft
• Provides 12 ft (3.66 m) radial coverage (~500
ft2) when mounted to standard 9 ft (2.74 m) 9 2.7
1.8 6
ceiling 3.7 1.8 0m 1.8 3.7
• 8 to 15 ft (2.44 to 4.57 m) mounting heights 12 6 0 ft 6 12 3.7 12
provide 10 to 20 ft (3.05 to 6.10 m) radial
coverage 1
Sensors with Microphonics™ provides overlapping detection of human activity over the complete
PIR coverage area. Advanced filtering is also utilized to prevent non-occupant noises from keeping
the lights on.
LARGE MOTION 360º (Model # nCM 10/nCM PDT 101)
8.5 28
• Best choice for large motion detection (e.g.
walking) SIDE VIEW TOP VIEW 4.3 14
0 ft 0m
• 360º conical shaped pattern
• Provides ~24 ft (7.32 m) radial coverage 0m 0 ft

(~2000 ft2) when mounted at 9 ft (2.74 m) 9 2.7


4.3 14
• 7 to 15 ft (2.13 to 4.57 m) mounting heights 8.5 6.4 4.3 2.1 0m 2.1 4.3 6.4 8.5
provide 16 to 36 ft (4.88 to 10.97 m) radial
28 21 14 7 0 ft 7 14 21 28 8.5 28
coverage
• Detection range improves when walking 1
Sensors with Microphonics™ provides overlapping detection of human activity over the complete
across beams compared to into beams PIR coverage area. Advanced filtering is also utilized to prevent non-occupant noises from keeping
the lights on.
HIGH MOUNT 360º (Model # nCM 6) 0m 0 ft

• Best choice for 15 to 45 ft (4.57 to 13.72 m)


mounting heights
• 15 to 20 ft (4.57 to 6.10 m) radial coverage /2:ꢀ9,(:
4.6 15

overlaps area lit by a typical high bay fixture


0 ft 0m
• Excellent detection of large motion (e.g.
walking) up to 35 ft (10.76 m) +,*+ꢀ9,(:
9.1 30
• Excellent detection of extra large motion (e.g. 15 4.6
forklifts) up to a 45 ft (13.72 m) 6 3 0m 3 6
20 10 0 ft 10 20
13.7 45

9.1 6 3 0m 3 6 9.1
30 20 10 0 ft 10 20 30

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com © 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. 02/13/17 2 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 15 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NCM 10 RJB
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

Wiring to an nLight Relay Pack

To other nLight WHT (neutral)


devices (optional)
BLK1 (line in)
CAT-5e CAT-5e 120 VAC
ORN1 (line in) OR
nPP16 277 VAC1
BLU (line in)
CAT-5e Splitter
(included) CAT-5e BLU (line out)
LOAD
CAT-5e

nCM xx RJB

To other nLight Wiring an nCM xx ADCX RJB to an nLight Dimming


devices (optional)
Pack
BLU (line in)
To other nLight
devices (optional) 120 VAC BLK1 (line in)
OR
CAT-5e CAT-5e 277 VAC1 ORN (line in)
1
BLU (line out) 0-10 VDC
Ballast or
nPP16 D LED Driver
CAT-5e Splitter WHT(neutral) or VIO (low voltage dim out)
(included) nPP16 DS
GRY (low voltage common)
CAT-5e
GRN
nCM xx ADCX RJB

Wiring to an nLight Enabled Luminaire


To other nLight
CAT-5e devices (optional)
To other nLight
devices (optional)

CAT-5e CAT-5e To other nLight


devices (optional)

CAT-5e Splitter
(included)
nCM xx RJB
or
nCM xx ADCX RJB
nLight Enabled
Luminaire

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
The following instructions are for mounting sensor directly to a ceiling tile or sheetrock
surface. Sensor’s mounting holes also align with standard round fixture or single gang
handy box (screws not provided).
1. Using template included with unit, mark spots on ceiling tile/sheetrock for cable hole
to/from nLight
and mounting anchors/screws
2. Drill 1/2” hole through ceiling surface at location indicated on template Zone
3. Insert provided anchors into ceiling surface at locations indicated on template CAT-5e CAT-5e
4. Remove provided RJ-45 splitter from sensor’s attached CAT5e cable and then thread
cable (and low voltage wires if -AR option included) through hole from underside
5. Mount sensor to anchors using two screws provided CAT-5e Splitter
CAT-5e
6. Attach provided RJ45 splitter device (model CAT5 Y) above ceiling to cable from sensor
(see diagram on right) BRN
7. Interconnect CAT-5e cables to/from rest of nLight zone to RJ45 splitter - AR option
BRN
8. Once power is received via CAT-5e connection, all devices in zone will automatically (contact closure
begin functioning together according to each device’s defaults
9. Install decorative sensor lid by rotating clockwise
10. Refer to included instruction card for default settings and directions on push-button
programming.

nCM xx RJB - TN-139-001

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com © 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. 02/13/17 3 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 16 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NCM PDT 10 RJB
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

Catalog Number: Date: Project:

OVERVIEW
The nCM xx RJB family of nLight ceiling/surface mount occupancy sensors provide a range of
networked sensor solutions for applications with finished ceilings (e.g. ceiling tiles, sheetrock,
plaster). nCM xx RJB family sensors utilize 100% digital Passive Infrared (PIR) detection and
are available with several lens options, providing flexibility for multiple mounting height and
coverage pattern requirements. Dual technology occupancy detection can also be added as an
option for applications where occupants are stationary for long periods of time. All sensors have
integrated on/off photocells as a standard feature, with automatic daylight harvesting/dimming
control as an available option. Additionally, nCM xx RJB family sensors are also available with
an optional auxiliary low voltage relay for simple integration with a BMS system or other building
nCM xx RJB
system. nCM PDT xx RJB
nCM xx RJB family sensors are powered via the nLight network bus and typically communicate
with one or more nLight enabled luminaires (e.g. Lithonia VTLED Series) or nLight relay/dimming
packs to enable control of fixtures individually or in groups. These configurations work standalone
and do not require a connection to a larger nLight network.

FEATURES
• 100% digital PIR detection
• Integrated photocell standard (disabled by default) — Photocell views down through sensor
lens and when enabled provides two selectable modes of operation
– On/Off mode: Photocell has full on/off control during periods of occupancy nCM
nCM 9 RJB
– Inhibit mode: Photocell can prevent lights from turning on if adequate daylight is available, nCM PDT 9 RJB
but cannot turn lights off
• Optional dimming photocell (ADCX option)
• Optional auxiliary low voltage relay (AR option) for dry contact output - relay only tracks
occupancy by default, ignoring switch and photocell commands
• LED status indicator
• Adjustable settings (e.g. occupancy time delays, photocell set-points) via push-button or
SensorView software application
• Broadcasts occupancy and photocell information over a local nLight channel nCM 10 RJB
• Remotely upgradeable firmware nCM PDT 10 RJB

Warranty
Five-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
nCM 6 RJB
Capable
This item is an A+ capable component, which has been designed and tested to provide out-of-the-box
luminaire compatibility with simple commissioning, when included as part of an A+ Certified™ Solution.
To learn more about A+, visit www.acuitybrands.com/aplus.

ORDERING INFORMATION
nCM xx RJB Example: nCM PDT 9 ADCX RJB

Series / Detection Coverage Type Options (See Below) RJ45 Port Location

nCM PIR Detection 9 Small Motion 360° RJB Rear RJ45 (CAT5e patch cable & RJ45
nCM PDT Dual Tech (PIR/ Microphonics) 10 Large Motion 360 ° splitter included)
6 High Mount 360° (not available with PDT version)

nCM xx RJB Options

Photocell Auxiliary Relay Dual Time Delay ² Temp/ Humidity

[blank] On/Off Photocell (disabled by default) [blank] None [blank] Single Time Delay [blank] Standard
ADCX Automatic Dimming Control (of remote dimming output) AR Low Voltage Aux. Relay 2P Dual Time Delay LT Low Temp / High Humidity
NOTES:
1. For information on models with side RJ45 ports, see website
2. Not available with AR or ADCX options

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com © 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. 02/13/17 1 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 17 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NCM PDT 10 RJB
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

SPECIFICATIONS

Size: 4.55” Dia. (11.56 cm) 1.55” Deep (3.94 cm) nLight Bus Power Consumption: ~3mA
Weight: 6 oz nLight Network Connection: 2 RJ-45 Ports (via an included RJ-45
Mounting: Ceiling Tile / Sheetrock Surface, 3.5” Octagon splitter)
Box, Single Gang Handy box Relay Rating (AR option only): 1A @ 24 VAC/VDC (resistive only)
Color: Matte White ROHS Compliant, Title 24 Component
Wires / Cables: (1) CAT5e patch cable, 1ft (factory installed)
(2) 20 AWG wires (AR option only)

COVERAGE PATTERNS
SMALL MOTION 360º (Model # nCM 9/nCM PDT 91)
3.7 12

• Best choice for small motion (e.g. hand


SIDE VIEW TOP VIEW 1.8 6
movements) detection 0 ft 0m
• 360º conical shaped pattern
0m 0 ft
• Provides 12 ft (3.66 m) radial coverage (~500
ft2) when mounted to standard 9 ft (2.74 m) 9 2.7
1.8 6
ceiling 3.7 1.8 0m 1.8 3.7
• 8 to 15 ft (2.44 to 4.57 m) mounting heights 12 6 0 ft 6 12 3.7 12
provide 10 to 20 ft (3.05 to 6.10 m) radial
coverage 1
Sensors with Microphonics™ provides overlapping detection of human activity over the complete
PIR coverage area. Advanced filtering is also utilized to prevent non-occupant noises from keeping
the lights on.
LARGE MOTION 360º (Model # nCM 10/nCM PDT 101)
8.5 28
• Best choice for large motion detection (e.g.
walking) SIDE VIEW TOP VIEW 4.3 14
0 ft 0m
• 360º conical shaped pattern
• Provides ~24 ft (7.32 m) radial coverage 0m 0 ft

(~2000 ft2) when mounted at 9 ft (2.74 m) 9 2.7


4.3 14
• 7 to 15 ft (2.13 to 4.57 m) mounting heights 8.5 6.4 4.3 2.1 0m 2.1 4.3 6.4 8.5
provide 16 to 36 ft (4.88 to 10.97 m) radial
28 21 14 7 0 ft 7 14 21 28 8.5 28
coverage
• Detection range improves when walking 1
Sensors with Microphonics™ provides overlapping detection of human activity over the complete
across beams compared to into beams PIR coverage area. Advanced filtering is also utilized to prevent non-occupant noises from keeping
the lights on.
HIGH MOUNT 360º (Model # nCM 6) 0m 0 ft

• Best choice for 15 to 45 ft (4.57 to 13.72 m)


mounting heights
• 15 to 20 ft (4.57 to 6.10 m) radial coverage /2:ꢀ9,(:
4.6 15

overlaps area lit by a typical high bay fixture


0 ft 0m
• Excellent detection of large motion (e.g.
walking) up to 35 ft (10.76 m) +,*+ꢀ9,(:
9.1 30
• Excellent detection of extra large motion (e.g. 15 4.6
forklifts) up to a 45 ft (13.72 m) 6 3 0m 3 6
20 10 0 ft 10 20
13.7 45

9.1 6 3 0m 3 6 9.1
30 20 10 0 ft 10 20 30

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com © 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. 02/13/17 2 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 18 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NCM PDT 10 RJB
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

Wiring to an nLight Relay Pack

To other nLight WHT (neutral)


devices (optional)
BLK1 (line in)
CAT-5e CAT-5e 120 VAC
ORN1 (line in) OR
nPP16 277 VAC1
BLU (line in)
CAT-5e Splitter
(included) CAT-5e BLU (line out)
LOAD
CAT-5e

nCM xx RJB

To other nLight Wiring an nCM xx ADCX RJB to an nLight Dimming


devices (optional)
Pack
BLU (line in)
To other nLight
devices (optional) 120 VAC BLK1 (line in)
OR
CAT-5e CAT-5e 277 VAC1 ORN (line in)
1
BLU (line out) 0-10 VDC
Ballast or
nPP16 D LED Driver
CAT-5e Splitter WHT(neutral) or VIO (low voltage dim out)
(included) nPP16 DS
GRY (low voltage common)
CAT-5e
GRN
nCM xx ADCX RJB

Wiring to an nLight Enabled Luminaire


To other nLight
CAT-5e devices (optional)
To other nLight
devices (optional)

CAT-5e CAT-5e To other nLight


devices (optional)

CAT-5e Splitter
(included)
nCM xx RJB
or
nCM xx ADCX RJB
nLight Enabled
Luminaire

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
The following instructions are for mounting sensor directly to a ceiling tile or sheetrock
surface. Sensor’s mounting holes also align with standard round fixture or single gang
handy box (screws not provided).
1. Using template included with unit, mark spots on ceiling tile/sheetrock for cable hole
to/from nLight
and mounting anchors/screws
2. Drill 1/2” hole through ceiling surface at location indicated on template Zone
3. Insert provided anchors into ceiling surface at locations indicated on template CAT-5e CAT-5e
4. Remove provided RJ-45 splitter from sensor’s attached CAT5e cable and then thread
cable (and low voltage wires if -AR option included) through hole from underside
5. Mount sensor to anchors using two screws provided CAT-5e Splitter
CAT-5e
6. Attach provided RJ45 splitter device (model CAT5 Y) above ceiling to cable from sensor
(see diagram on right) BRN
7. Interconnect CAT-5e cables to/from rest of nLight zone to RJ45 splitter - AR option
BRN
8. Once power is received via CAT-5e connection, all devices in zone will automatically (contact closure
begin functioning together according to each device’s defaults
9. Install decorative sensor lid by rotating clockwise
10. Refer to included instruction card for default settings and directions on push-button
programming.

nCM xx RJB - TN-139-001

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com © 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. 02/13/17 3 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 19 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NCM PDT 9 RJB
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

Catalog Number: Date: Project:

OVERVIEW
The nCM xx RJB family of nLight ceiling/surface mount occupancy sensors provide a range of
networked sensor solutions for applications with finished ceilings (e.g. ceiling tiles, sheetrock,
plaster). nCM xx RJB family sensors utilize 100% digital Passive Infrared (PIR) detection and
are available with several lens options, providing flexibility for multiple mounting height and
coverage pattern requirements. Dual technology occupancy detection can also be added as an
option for applications where occupants are stationary for long periods of time. All sensors have
integrated on/off photocells as a standard feature, with automatic daylight harvesting/dimming
control as an available option. Additionally, nCM xx RJB family sensors are also available with
an optional auxiliary low voltage relay for simple integration with a BMS system or other building
nCM xx RJB
system. nCM PDT xx RJB
nCM xx RJB family sensors are powered via the nLight network bus and typically communicate
with one or more nLight enabled luminaires (e.g. Lithonia VTLED Series) or nLight relay/dimming
packs to enable control of fixtures individually or in groups. These configurations work standalone
and do not require a connection to a larger nLight network.

FEATURES
• 100% digital PIR detection
• Integrated photocell standard (disabled by default) — Photocell views down through sensor
lens and when enabled provides two selectable modes of operation
– On/Off mode: Photocell has full on/off control during periods of occupancy nCM
nCM 9 RJB
– Inhibit mode: Photocell can prevent lights from turning on if adequate daylight is available, nCM PDT 9 RJB
but cannot turn lights off
• Optional dimming photocell (ADCX option)
• Optional auxiliary low voltage relay (AR option) for dry contact output - relay only tracks
occupancy by default, ignoring switch and photocell commands
• LED status indicator
• Adjustable settings (e.g. occupancy time delays, photocell set-points) via push-button or
SensorView software application
• Broadcasts occupancy and photocell information over a local nLight channel nCM 10 RJB
• Remotely upgradeable firmware nCM PDT 10 RJB

Warranty
Five-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
nCM 6 RJB
Capable
This item is an A+ capable component, which has been designed and tested to provide out-of-the-box
luminaire compatibility with simple commissioning, when included as part of an A+ Certified™ Solution.
To learn more about A+, visit www.acuitybrands.com/aplus.

ORDERING INFORMATION
nCM xx RJB Example: nCM PDT 9 ADCX RJB

Series / Detection Coverage Type Options (See Below) RJ45 Port Location

nCM PIR Detection 9 Small Motion 360° RJB Rear RJ45 (CAT5e patch cable & RJ45
nCM PDT Dual Tech (PIR/ Microphonics) 10 Large Motion 360 ° splitter included)
6 High Mount 360° (not available with PDT version)

nCM xx RJB Options

Photocell Auxiliary Relay Dual Time Delay ² Temp/ Humidity

[blank] On/Off Photocell (disabled by default) [blank] None [blank] Single Time Delay [blank] Standard
ADCX Automatic Dimming Control (of remote dimming output) AR Low Voltage Aux. Relay 2P Dual Time Delay LT Low Temp / High Humidity
NOTES:
1. For information on models with side RJ45 ports, see website
2. Not available with AR or ADCX options

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com © 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. 02/13/17 1 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 20 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NCM PDT 9 RJB
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

SPECIFICATIONS

Size: 4.55” Dia. (11.56 cm) 1.55” Deep (3.94 cm) nLight Bus Power Consumption: ~3mA
Weight: 6 oz nLight Network Connection: 2 RJ-45 Ports (via an included RJ-45
Mounting: Ceiling Tile / Sheetrock Surface, 3.5” Octagon splitter)
Box, Single Gang Handy box Relay Rating (AR option only): 1A @ 24 VAC/VDC (resistive only)
Color: Matte White ROHS Compliant, Title 24 Component
Wires / Cables: (1) CAT5e patch cable, 1ft (factory installed)
(2) 20 AWG wires (AR option only)

COVERAGE PATTERNS
SMALL MOTION 360º (Model # nCM 9/nCM PDT 91)
3.7 12

• Best choice for small motion (e.g. hand


SIDE VIEW TOP VIEW 1.8 6
movements) detection 0 ft 0m
• 360º conical shaped pattern
0m 0 ft
• Provides 12 ft (3.66 m) radial coverage (~500
ft2) when mounted to standard 9 ft (2.74 m) 9 2.7
1.8 6
ceiling 3.7 1.8 0m 1.8 3.7
• 8 to 15 ft (2.44 to 4.57 m) mounting heights 12 6 0 ft 6 12 3.7 12
provide 10 to 20 ft (3.05 to 6.10 m) radial
coverage 1
Sensors with Microphonics™ provides overlapping detection of human activity over the complete
PIR coverage area. Advanced filtering is also utilized to prevent non-occupant noises from keeping
the lights on.
LARGE MOTION 360º (Model # nCM 10/nCM PDT 101)
8.5 28
• Best choice for large motion detection (e.g.
walking) SIDE VIEW TOP VIEW 4.3 14
0 ft 0m
• 360º conical shaped pattern
• Provides ~24 ft (7.32 m) radial coverage 0m 0 ft

(~2000 ft2) when mounted at 9 ft (2.74 m) 9 2.7


4.3 14
• 7 to 15 ft (2.13 to 4.57 m) mounting heights 8.5 6.4 4.3 2.1 0m 2.1 4.3 6.4 8.5
provide 16 to 36 ft (4.88 to 10.97 m) radial
28 21 14 7 0 ft 7 14 21 28 8.5 28
coverage
• Detection range improves when walking 1
Sensors with Microphonics™ provides overlapping detection of human activity over the complete
across beams compared to into beams PIR coverage area. Advanced filtering is also utilized to prevent non-occupant noises from keeping
the lights on.
HIGH MOUNT 360º (Model # nCM 6) 0m 0 ft

• Best choice for 15 to 45 ft (4.57 to 13.72 m)


mounting heights
• 15 to 20 ft (4.57 to 6.10 m) radial coverage /2:ꢀ9,(:
4.6 15

overlaps area lit by a typical high bay fixture


0 ft 0m
• Excellent detection of large motion (e.g.
walking) up to 35 ft (10.76 m) +,*+ꢀ9,(:
9.1 30
• Excellent detection of extra large motion (e.g. 15 4.6
forklifts) up to a 45 ft (13.72 m) 6 3 0m 3 6
20 10 0 ft 10 20
13.7 45

9.1 6 3 0m 3 6 9.1
30 20 10 0 ft 10 20 30

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com © 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. 02/13/17 2 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 21 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NCM PDT 9 RJB
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

Wiring to an nLight Relay Pack

To other nLight WHT (neutral)


devices (optional)
BLK1 (line in)
CAT-5e CAT-5e 120 VAC
ORN1 (line in) OR
nPP16 277 VAC1
BLU (line in)
CAT-5e Splitter
(included) CAT-5e BLU (line out)
LOAD
CAT-5e

nCM xx RJB

To other nLight Wiring an nCM xx ADCX RJB to an nLight Dimming


devices (optional)
Pack
BLU (line in)
To other nLight
devices (optional) 120 VAC BLK1 (line in)
OR
CAT-5e CAT-5e 277 VAC1 ORN (line in)
1
BLU (line out) 0-10 VDC
Ballast or
nPP16 D LED Driver
CAT-5e Splitter WHT(neutral) or VIO (low voltage dim out)
(included) nPP16 DS
GRY (low voltage common)
CAT-5e
GRN
nCM xx ADCX RJB

Wiring to an nLight Enabled Luminaire


To other nLight
CAT-5e devices (optional)
To other nLight
devices (optional)

CAT-5e CAT-5e To other nLight


devices (optional)

CAT-5e Splitter
(included)
nCM xx RJB
or
nCM xx ADCX RJB
nLight Enabled
Luminaire

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
The following instructions are for mounting sensor directly to a ceiling tile or sheetrock
surface. Sensor’s mounting holes also align with standard round fixture or single gang
handy box (screws not provided).
1. Using template included with unit, mark spots on ceiling tile/sheetrock for cable hole
to/from nLight
and mounting anchors/screws
2. Drill 1/2” hole through ceiling surface at location indicated on template Zone
3. Insert provided anchors into ceiling surface at locations indicated on template CAT-5e CAT-5e
4. Remove provided RJ-45 splitter from sensor’s attached CAT5e cable and then thread
cable (and low voltage wires if -AR option included) through hole from underside
5. Mount sensor to anchors using two screws provided CAT-5e Splitter
CAT-5e
6. Attach provided RJ45 splitter device (model CAT5 Y) above ceiling to cable from sensor
(see diagram on right) BRN
7. Interconnect CAT-5e cables to/from rest of nLight zone to RJ45 splitter - AR option
BRN
8. Once power is received via CAT-5e connection, all devices in zone will automatically (contact closure
begin functioning together according to each device’s defaults
9. Install decorative sensor lid by rotating clockwise
10. Refer to included instruction card for default settings and directions on push-button
programming.

nCM xx RJB - TN-139-001

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com © 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. 02/13/17 3 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 22 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NECY 120
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

Catalog Number: Date: Project:

OVERVIEW
nLight ECLYPSE extends the power of nLight to deliver the next level of lighting control. This BTL listed
B-BC device leverages native BACnet™/IP and WiFi to let you seamlessly integrate your lighting control
system with your building management systems. With its robust embedded web server, nLight ECLYPSE
hosts edge applications like SiteView™ Energy and Space Utilization, and generates actionable, visual data
with ENVYSION user interface.

FEATURES
nLight ECLYPSE
• BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) listed as a BACnet Building Controller (B-BC)
• Communicates over IP Local Area Network (LAN) with SensorView, Distech ECLYPSE, XPoint Wireless
IP & Building Management
• bridges and nADR devices Interface for nLight Networks
• View and manage the nLight network with nLight Explorer web interface which supports ECLYPSE
SiteView EnergyTM solution that allows monitoring of building energy consumption and provides an
informative dashboard demonstrating energy savings and environmental impact.
• Extra security provided by HTTPS Server
• %URZVHUꢀEDVHGꢁQ/LJKWꢁ(&/<36(ꢁDQGꢁ(19<6,21ꢁFRQƓJXUDWLRQꢁXVLQJꢁ+70/ꢂꢁWHFKQRORJ\
• Wi-Fi client, access point and hot spot capabilities
• Discovers and commissions nLight and Xpoint Wireless devices
• Provides system time-clock including astronomical time-clock capabilities.
• 6WRUHVꢁWLPHꢀEDVHGꢁDQGꢁLQSXWꢁDFWLYHꢁSURƓOHV
• Manages forwarding of global control channels across bridge devices and other nLight ECLYPSE
*DWHZD\Vꢃꢁ2QꢀGHPDQGꢁSURƓOHꢁIRUZDUGLQJꢁEHWZHHQꢁJDWHZD\V
• 5HPRWHO\ꢁFRQƓJXUDEOHꢁDQGꢁXSJUDGDEOH

Warranty
Five-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
6SHFLƓFDWLRQVꢁVXEMHFWꢁWRꢁFKDQJHꢁZLWKRXWꢁQRWLFHꢃ

BACnet is a registered trademark of ASHRAE.


ASHRAE does not endorse, approve or test products
for compliance with ASHRAE standards. Compliance of
listed products to the requirements of ASHRAE Standard
135 is the responsibility of BACnet International (BI).
BTL is a registered trademark of BI.

ORDERING INFORMATION
NECY Example: NECY 120 BAC SVS

Series Voltage BACnet Visualization Software ECLYPSE SiteView Energy Metering

nECY nLight ECLYPSE 24 24 VAC/DC [blank] None [blank] Standard – Not Enabled [blank] Standard – Not Enabled
120 120-277 VAC BAC BACnet SVS SiteView1 SVEA SiteView Energy Application2

Notes
1. Requires BACnet option
2. Requires SVS & BACnet option

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com NECY
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 02/06/17 1 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 23 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NECY 120
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

SPECIFICATIONS

Control Module nLight Network Interface Module


Size: 4.74” H x 3.57” W x 2.31” D Size: 4.74” H x 3.20” W x 2.31” D
(12.03 cm x 9.07 cm x 5.86 cm) (12.03 cm x 8.12 cm x 5.86 cm)
Mounting: DIN rail mounted Mounting: DIN rail mounted
nLight ECLYPSE Assembly Size: 4.74” H x 14.76” W x 2.43” D Ports: 3 nLight bus ports (RJ-45)
(12.03 cm x 37.5 cm x 6.16 cm)
Ports: Ethernet: (2) switched RJ-45 Ethernet ports Power Supply Module (24V, 100-240VAC)
USB Connections: 2 x USB 2.0 ports Size: 24V: 4.74” H x 2.85” W x 2.31” D
RS-485 Serial Communications: Screw (12.03 cm x 7.24 cm x 5.86 cm)
terminals 100-240VAC: 4.74” H x 4.08” W x 2.31” D
Subnet: RJ-45 (12.03 cm x 10.37 cm x 5.86 cm)
Real Time Clock (RTC): Real Time Clock with rechargeable battery. Enclosure/Mounting: 24V & 100-240VAC: DIN rail mounted 13.19”
Supports SNTP network time synchronization H x 10” W x 4.5” D (33.5 cm x 25.4 cm x
RTC Battery: 20 hours charge time, 20 days discharge 11.4cm)
time. Up to 500 charge / discharge cycles ꢀ 2SHUDWLQJꢀ9ROWDJHꢂꢀ ꢉꢅ9ꢂꢀꢉꢅ9$&ꢃ'&ꢈꢀsꢊꢋꢌꢈꢀ&ODVVꢀꢉꢀꢊꢇꢇꢆꢉꢅꢇ9$&ꢂꢀ
ꢀ (QFORVXUHꢁꢂꢀ )5ꢃ$%6ꢀ8/ꢄꢅꢆ9ꢇꢀŴDPPDELOLW\ꢀUDWLQJꢈꢀ3OHQXPꢀ ꢊꢇꢇꢀWRꢀꢉꢅꢇꢀ9$&ꢀ8QLYHUVDOꢈꢀꢍꢊꢇꢌꢃꢆꢊꢋꢌ
rated Output Voltage,
Environmental*: Operating Temperature: 32°F to 122°F Rated Current & Power: 24V: 18VDC regulated, 0-1.6A, 30W max
(0 to 50°C) 100-240VAC: 18VDC regulated, 0-2A, 40W max
Storage Temperature: -22°F to 158°F
(-30 to 70°C) *Requires Third Party NEMA Type 1 Enclosure for 100-240 VAC version
Relative Humidity: 0 to 90% non-condensing
Ingress Protection Rating: IP20

COMMUNICATION
Ethernet Connection Speed: 10/100 Mbps Supported BACnet MS/TP and Modbus RTU Connectivity:
Addressing: IPv4 or Hostname • BACnet MS/TP OR Modbus RTU 1 × RS-485 serial communications ports
ꢀ %$&QHWꢀ3URƓOHꢂꢀ ꢀ%$&QHWꢀ%XLOGLQJꢀ&RQWUROOHUꢀꢎ%ꢆ%&ꢏꢀ • Each RS-485 port supports one communication protocol at a time
BACnet Listing: BTL, B-BC • 56ꢆꢅꢐꢋꢀ:LULQJꢀꢆꢀꢊꢆSDLUꢀꢍꢀ&RPPRQꢃVKLHOG
BACnet Interconnectivity: BBMD forwarding capabilities • RS-485 EOL Resistor - Built-in
BACnet/IP to BACnet MS/TP routing • RS-485 Baud Rates - 9600, 19 200, 38 400, or 76 800 bps
BACnet Transport Layer: MS/TP & IP (optional) • 56ꢆꢅꢐꢋꢀ$GGUHVVLQJꢀꢆꢀ&RQWUROOHUōVꢀ:HEꢀ&RQƓJXUDWLRQꢀ,QWHUIDFH
Web Server Protocol: HTML5 Supported Wireless Connectivity:
Web Server Application Interface: REST API • Wireless Adapter - USB Port Connection
• Wi-Fi Communication Protocol - IEEE 802.11b/g/n
• Wi-Fi Network Types - Client, Access Point, Hotspot

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com NECY
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 02/06/17 2 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 24 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NECY 120
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE
The nLight ECLYPSE serves as the backbone for nLight and XPoint Wireless networked luminaires and controls. The nLight ECLYPSE provides both nLight and XPoint Wireless
devices with schedule management and software programming interface. The backbone also provides support for system-wide controls such as master override switches,
automated demand response, and BACnet integration. One nLight ECLYPSE is capable of handling up to 1500 total devices and up to 128 channels for the entire network.
The nLight ECLYPSE is compatible with other Distech ECLYPSE products offering a full suite of BAS capabilities and also host Edge applications such as SiteView Energy.

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com NECY
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 02/06/17 3 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 25 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NGWY2 GFX
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

Catalog Number: Date: Project:

OVERVIEW
The nLight ECLYPSE graphic touch screen (nGWY2 GFX) provides a simple and easy-to-use view into the
nLight network. This optional 3.5” high-resolution touch screen connects directly to the ECLYPSE nLight
interface port marked “GFX”, and provides system information and status.

FEATURES
• 3.5” Full color Touch Screen (Diagonal)
• Mounts to a Single Gang Switch Box
• 3URYLGHVꢀ2QOLQHꢀꢁꢀ2IŴLQHꢀꢁꢀ(UURUꢀ'HYLFHꢀ&RXQWVꢀ nGWY2 GFX
• Includes View of all Connected System Devices
• 3URYLGHVꢀ8VHUꢀ9LHZꢀDQGꢀ0DQXDOꢀ&RQWUROꢀRIꢀ$FWLYHꢁ,QDFWLYHꢀ3URƓOHVꢀ
• (QDEOHVꢀ8VHUꢀ&RQƓJXUDWLRQꢀRIꢀ'HYLFHꢀ/DEHOꢂꢀ;3:ꢀ0RGHꢂꢀ/RFDWLRQꢀDQGꢀ6HFXULW\ꢀ3DVVZRUGꢀ
• Optional Password Protection for Controls and Setup Screens
• Customizable Screen Saver Image
• 6XSSRUWHGꢀƓOHꢀIRUPDWVꢃꢀ-3*ꢂꢀ31*ꢂꢀ*,)ꢂꢀ%03ꢂꢀ7,)ꢀ
• Optimal resolution: 320x240 16bit color
• Onboard Help Screens

SPECIFICATIONS
Size: 5.06”H x 3.50”W x 0.69”D (12.85 cm x 8.89 cm x 1.75 cm)
Weight: 6 oz
Mounting: Single gang switch box or low voltage ring
Mounting Height: 60” (152 cm) - recommended
Color: White
ꢀ 1HWZRUNꢀFRQQHFWLRQꢃꢀ ꢄꢅꢆꢀ5-ꢇꢈꢀSRUWV
Input Voltage: 15-24VDC
Power Consumption: 60mA
Wires: None
Power Supply: PS-150 (347) via terminal connections – ordered separately
ROHS Compliant, Title 24 Component

Warranty
Five-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
6SHFLƓFDWLRQVꢀVXEMHFWꢀWRꢀFKDQJHꢀZLWKRXWꢀQRWLFHꢉ

ORDERING INFORMATION
nGWY2 GFX Example: nGWY2 GFX

Series

nGWY2 GFX

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com NGWY2 GFX
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 04/04/17 1 of 2

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 26 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NGWY2 GFX
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

OVERVIEW

There are two RJ-45 ports on the rear of the graphic touchscreen for CAT5e N H

connection to the nLight ECLYPSE™. Only one port will be utilized, and the RED
RE WHT
PS 150 (347)
other will remain unused. Additionally, there is a set of power terminals where
BLK (120 V) / ORN (277 V)
low voltage power (e.g. from a PS 150 power supply module) is connected. BLK
BL
RED (347 V)
Note: No power is used/supplied from/to the nLight bus.
The Graphic WallPod flush mounts to a single-gang switch box. The housing
has two sliding panels that cover the mounting screws, an indicator LED, and a
recessed reset button.

RESET BUTTON
MICRO-USB
NLIGHT NETWORK
PORT
PORTS (RJ-45) POWER STATUS LED

SCREW HOLES

POWER TERMINALS

• Before mounting, connect Class 2 low voltage wires from power supply to power terminal connections (polarity insensitive)
• Verify unit has power by observing screen and/or LED
• &RQQHFWꢀ&$7ꢁꢂHꢀFDEOHꢃVꢄꢀIURPꢀQ/,JKWꢀ(&/<36(ꢀSRUWꢀPDUNHGꢀŏ*);ŐꢀWRꢀ5-ꢁꢅꢂꢀSRUW
• Unit will begin discovering connected devices (indicated by on-screen message box)
• Mount unit to standard single gang switch box (screws provided)
• 7RꢀDFFHVVꢀFRQƓJXUDWLRQꢀVFUHHQVꢆꢀWRXFKꢀORFNꢀLFRQꢀLQꢀXSSHUꢀOHIWꢇꢀ'HIDXOWꢀSDVVZRUGꢀLVꢀŏꢈꢉꢊꢅŐ
• Pressing reset button twice is equivalent to repowering unit
• Press reset button three times to restart unit in screen-calibration mode

Riser
nECY nLight Zone
SensorView Schedules and System
Configuration and Monitoring Software Profiles
nBRG
nLight Zones

nLight Bus

nGWY2 GFX
PS 150 N H
BLK - 120 V
WHT
RED ORN - 277 V

BLK BLK/ORN

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com NGWY2 GFX
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 04/04/17 2 of 2

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 27 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NIO BT
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

Catalog Number: Date: Project:

OVERVIEW
The nLight Handheld Programmer uses a Bluetooth® Low Energy (BLE) Radio Module to
allow wireless communication between the local nLight zone and iOS/Android smart phone
DSSOLFDWLRQꢀꢁQ&RQƓJꢂꢁ7KLVꢁGHYLFHꢁRIIHUVꢁWZRꢁ5-ꢃꢄꢅꢁSRUWVꢁWRꢁEHꢁSODFHGꢁLQꢁDQ\ꢁORFDWLRQꢁRQꢁDꢁORFDOꢁ
nLight zone, and the unit powers up directly off of the nLight bus. The smart phone application
offers secure pairing with the BLE device when within range, and once connected can be used for
LGHQWLI\LQJꢁDQGꢁFRQƓJXULQJꢁGHYLFHVꢁZLWKLQꢁWKDWꢁ]RQHꢂ
nIO BT
SPECIFICATIONS Bluetooth® Low Energy
Communication Module
Size (Inline Wired):
2.54”H x 1.98”W x 1.00”D (6.45 cm x 5.03 cm x 2.54cm)
Weight:
2oz
Color:
Clear (blue LED)
ꢁ Q/LJKWꢁ1HWZRUNꢁ3RUWVꢆꢁ
ꢇꢁ5-ꢃꢄꢅ
Bus Power Consumption: ~7 mA
Wires:
None
Wireless Frequency:BLE
Wireless Range Guidelines:(See installation notes for maximum signal)
Line of Sight: ~50 ft
Plasterboard/Dry Wood: ~30 ft
Concrete: ~15 ft
RoHS Compliant, Title 24 System Component

Warranty
Five-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
6SHFLƓFDWLRQVꢁVXEMHFWꢁWRꢁFKDQJHꢁZLWKRXWꢁQRWLFHꢂ

Capable
This item is an A+ capable component, which has been designed and tested to provide out-of-the-box
luminaire compatibility with simple commissioning, when included as part of an A+ Certified™ Solution.
To learn more about A+, visit www.acuitybrands.com/aplus.

nLight and the Acuity Controls and Acuity Brands logos are trademarks of Acuity Brands. Bluetooth is
a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. used by Acuity Brands under license. Apple and the Apple logo are
trademarks of Apple Inc. Android and Google Play are trademarks of Google, Inc. Other trademarks are
property of their respective owners.

ORDERING INFORMATION
nIO BT Example: nIO BT

Series
nIO BT Bluetooth Low Energy Communication Module

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com NIO BT
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 02/28/17 1 of 2

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 28 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NIO BT
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

WIRING
Stand-Alone nLight Zone

CAT-5e CAT-5e CAT-5e

nCM PDT 9 RJB


nIO BT
nPODM DX
nPP16 D
nLight Zone Connected to Backbone

CAT-5e CAT-5e CAT-5e CAT-5e

nBRG nCM PDT 9 RJB


nIO BT
nPODM DX
nPP16 D
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE: Unit cannot be installed inside a metal enclosure, and care should be taken to keep unit from sitting directly on metal to ensure the best signal strength.
• Interconnect unit with other nLight devices in lighting zone using CAT-5e cables
• Once power is received via CAT-5e connection, BLE radio will begin broadcasting presence
• Open nLight Handheld Programmer App via Android/iOS smart phone, and follow instructions for pairing

COMPLIANCE INFORMATION
nIO BT: FCC: VR8-SSIINTR004
IC: 7791A-SSIINTR004
These devices comply with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this
device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
The intentional radiator is identical in all variants of the apparatus.
&$87,21ꢀꢁ&KDQJHVꢁRUꢁPRGLƓFDWLRQVꢁQRWꢁH[SUHVVO\ꢁDSSURYHGꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁSDUW\ꢁUHVSRQVLEOHꢁIRUꢁFRPSOLDQFHꢁFRXOGꢁYRLGꢁWKHꢁXVHUōVꢁDXWKRULW\ꢁWRꢁRSHUDWHꢁWKHꢁHTXLSPHQWꢂ

CAN RSS-Gen/CNR-Gen:
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2)
this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
/HꢁSU«VHQWꢁDSSDUHLOꢁHVWꢁFRQIRUPHꢁDX[ꢁ&15ꢁGō,QGXVWULHꢁ&DQDGDꢁDSSOLFDEOHVꢁDX[ꢁDSSDUHLOVꢁUDGLRꢁH[HPSWVꢁGHꢁOLFHQFHꢂꢁ/ōH[SORLWDWLRQꢁHVWꢁDXWRULV«HꢁDX[ꢁGHX[ꢁFRQGLWLRQVꢁVXLYDQWHVꢁꢀꢁ
ꢃꢄꢅꢁOōDSSDUHLOꢁQHꢁGRLWꢁSDVꢁSURGXLUHꢁGHꢁEURXLOODJHꢆꢁHWꢁꢃꢇꢅꢁOōXWLOLVDWHXUꢁGHꢁOōDSSDUHLOꢁGRLWꢁDFFHSWHUꢁWRXWꢁEURXLOODJHꢁUDGLR«OHFWULTXHꢁVXELꢆꢁP¬PHꢁVLꢁOHꢁEURXLOODJHꢁHVWꢁVXVFHSWLEOHꢁGōHQꢁ
compromettre le fonctionnement.

Under Industry Canada regulations, this radio transmitter may only operate using an antenna of a type and maximum (or lesser) gain approved for the transmitter by Industry
Canada.
To reduce potential radio interference to other users, the antenna type and its gain should be so chosen that the equivalent isotropically radiated power (e.i.r.p.) is not more than
that necessary for successful communication.
&RQIRUP«PHQWꢁ¢ꢁODꢁU«JOHPHQWDWLRQꢁGō,QGXVWULHꢁ&DQDGDꢆꢁOHꢁSU«VHQWꢁ«PHWWHXUꢁUDGLRꢁSHXWꢁIRQFWLRQQHUꢁDYHFꢁXQHꢁDQWHQQHꢁGōXQꢁW\SHꢁHWꢁGōXQꢁJDLQꢁPD[LPDOꢁꢃRXꢁLQI«ULHXUꢁDSSURXY«ꢁSRXUꢁ
Oō«PHWWHXUꢁSDUꢁ,QGXVWULHꢁ&DQDGDꢂ
'DQVꢁOHꢁEXWꢁGHꢁU«GXLUHꢁOHVꢁULVTXHVꢁGHꢁEURXLOODJHꢁUDGLR«OHFWULTXHꢁ¢ꢁOōLQWHQWLRQꢁGHVꢁDXWUHVꢁXWLOLVDWHXUVꢆꢁLOꢁIDXWꢁFKRLVLUꢁOHꢁW\SHꢁGōDQWHQQHꢁHWꢁVRQꢁJDLQꢁGHꢁVRUWHꢁTXHꢁODSXLVVDQFHꢁLVRWURSHꢁ
UD\RQQ«Hꢁ«TXLYDOHQWHꢁꢃSꢂLꢂUꢂHꢂꢅꢁQHꢁG«SDVVHꢁSDVꢁOōLQWHQVLW«ꢁQ«FHVVDLUHꢁ¢ꢁOō«WDEOLVVHPHQWꢁGōXQHꢁFRPPXQLFDWLRQꢁVDWLVIDLVDQWHꢂ

Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide
reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and
used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular
installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is
encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
—Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
—Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
—Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
—Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com NIO BT
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 02/28/17 2 of 2

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 29 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NIO PC KIT
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

Catalog Number: Date: Project:

OVERVIEW
The nLight nIO PC KIT provides an outdoor photocontrol solution for nLight networks. In
addition to a weatherproof outdoor photocontrol that mounts to any 1/2” knockout, the nIO
PC KIT includes an interface device with a normally low input. This device called a nIO NLI 1S,
detects the state of the photocontrol and communicates it over the nLight network to a relay(s)
controlling a lighting load. The nIO NLI 1S can also trigger local or remote control scenes to run
when the photocontrol’s state changes.

The nIO NLI 1S is daisy-chain wired into any zone of nLight devices (sensors, power packs,
WallPods) using CAT-5e cabling. Power to the nIO NLI 1S device is provided by the CAT-5e nIO PC Kit
connection to an nLight power pack/supply within its zone, or a Bridge. Power to the outdoor Outdoor Photocell
photocontrol is provided via Class 2 wires from the included PS 150 power supply or other low Interface Kit
voltage source (for example the auxiliary power output on an nPANEL 4).

The nIO NLI 1S can trigger one of several modes when the connected outdoor photocontrol
changes states:

• WallPod Mode: Turns relays on/off within its zone


• Local Scene Mode: Initiates a scene to run on its local zone
• Remote Scene Mode: Requests the Gateway to run a system profile on non-local devices or
zones

FEATURES
• Kit Provides both Outdoor Photocell & Specialized nIO Interface Device
• nIO Interfaces Outdoor Photocell Using Normally Low Input
• Sends Toggle Signal to Relays within Local Zone
• Initiates a Local or Remote Scene
• Communicates w/ nLight Network *Outdoor Photocell (PC) is model
• Remotely Configurable/Upgradeable number LCS-624D from Precision

• Push-Button Programmable Mulitple Controls Inc.

nIO NLI 1S Action


Daylight Condition PC Output
WallPod Mode Scene Mode
Night Time High Exert On Send Scene
Day Time Low Exert Off Run Defaults

Warranty
Five-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
Specifications subject to change without notice.

Capable
This item is an A+ capable component, which has been designed and tested to provide out-of-the-box
luminaire compatibility with simple commissioning, when included as part of an A+ Certified™ Solution.
To learn more about A+, visit www.acuitybrands.com/aplus.

ORDERING INFORMATION
nIO PC Kit Example: nIO PC Kit

Series

nIO PC Kit

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com © 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. 02/13/17 1 of 2

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 30 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NIO PC KIT
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

WIRING

OPTION 1* OPTION 2*

*Note, line connection to power supply not shown. Additional nLight devices are
required to switch lighting load (e.g., nPP16). *Note, line and load connections to nPANEL 4 not shown.

GRY GRY
RED BLK - + RED BLK - +
Outdoor Outdoor nIO NLI 1S
Photocontrol PS 150 Photocontrol nPANEL 4
nIO NLI 1S Power Unit
Unit
Supply

ORN WHT CAT-5 ORN WHT CAT-5 CAT-5

SPECIFICATIONS
(nIO NLI 1S)
Size: 3.38”H x 2.53”W x 1.83”D (8.59 cm x 6.43 cm x 4.65 cm)
Weight: 2 oz
Color: White
Network Connection: 2 RJ-45 each device
Power Requirements: < 3 mA
Wires: 20 AWG (3)
RoHS Compliant

(PC)
Size: 3.50” H x 1.25” W x 0.25” D (8.89 cm x 3.18 cm x 0.64 cm)
Mounting: 1/2” KO in any approved weatherproof outdoor box
Weight: 4 oz
Color: Gray
PowerRequirements: < 35 mA @ 12-28 VDC
Wires: 20 AWG (3)

(PS150)
Size: (not including ½” chase nipple) 3.00” H x 2.25” W x 1.88” D
(7.62 cm x 5.72 cm x 4.78 cm)
Weight: 6 oz
Mounting: 1/2” KO
Color: Black
Operating Voltage: 120/277
Output Voltage, Current: 15 VDC, 150 mA
Wires: 18 AWG (3) & 20 AWG (2)
RoHS Compliant

nIO PC Kit - TN-704-02

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com © 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. 02/13/17 2 of 2

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 31 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name:
ELS THV Production Renovation NPODM 2P DX XX
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes: SPECIFY COLOR
PLS17-219589

Catalog Number: Date: Project:

OVERVIEW
The nPODM Series WallPods are nLight-enabled toggle and/or raise/lower switches that provide a user with
local control of a lighting zone. These single gang decorator style devices have soft-click buttons and have
a green LED indicator for each button. WallPods communicate with other nLight devices via a CAT-5e cable
that connects to one of its two RJ-45 connectors. A basic low voltage WallPod can work with an nLight power
SDFNꢀRUꢀQ/LJKWꢀHQDEOHGꢀƓ[WXUHꢀWRꢀSURYLGHꢀWRJJOHꢀVZLWFKꢀRSHUDWLRQꢁꢀ:DOO3RGVꢀZLWKꢀWKHꢀ';ꢀRSWLRQꢀKDYHꢀWKHꢀ
added ability to adjust the level of any nLight controlled dimmable lighting.

FEATURES nPODM
• Communicates with nLight network
Wallpod: On/Off & On/
• 5HPRWHO\ꢀFRQƓJXUDEOHꢂXSJUDGHDEOH Off+Raise/Lower
• Soft-click push-button control
• Custom button engraving at no charge (WH, IV, AL GY units only)
• 1, 2, or 4 channel on/off
• 1, 2, or 4 channel raise/lower
• ŏ'\QDPLFŐꢀRSWLRQVꢀIRUꢀFXVWRPꢀEXWWRQꢀQDPHVꢀZKHQꢀSDLULQJꢀZLWKꢀ$FXLW\ꢀ%UDQGVꢀQ781(ꢀƓ[WXUHV

Warranty
Five-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
ZZZꢁDFXLW\EUDQGVꢁFRPꢂ&XVWRPHU5HVRXUFHVꢂ7HUPVBDQGBFRQGLWLRQVꢁDVS[
Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
6SHFLƓFDWLRQVꢀVXEMHFWꢀWRꢀFKDQJHꢀZLWKRXWꢀQRWLFHꢁ

Capable
This item is an A+ capable component, which has been designed and tested to provide out-of-the-box
luminaire compatibility with simple commissioning, when included as part of an A+ Certified™ Solution.
To learn more about A+, visit www.acuitybrands.com/aplus.

ORDERING INFORMATION
nPODM Example: nPODM 2P WH
XX-Specify
Series Preset Type Dimming Control Dynamic Color Temp/ Humidity

nPODM [blank] Single channel [blank] On/off control [blank] Standard WH White [blank] Normal
2P Two channels DX On/off + raise/lower control CCT1 Correlated color temperature IV Ivory LT Low temp
4P Four channels GRSC1 Grayscale GY Gray
COLOR1 Color control AL Almond
BK Black
RD Red

CUSTOM BUTTON ENGRAVING Notes


• Standard button labeling is shown on back. 1. 2QO\ꢀDYDLODEOHꢀRQꢀꢅ3ꢀ';ꢀFRQƓJXUDWLRQV

• &XVWRPꢀOHWWHULQJꢀIRUꢀ:+ꢃꢀ,9ꢃꢀ$/ꢃꢀDQGꢀ*<ꢀXQLWVꢀFDQꢀEHꢀVSHFLƓHGꢀDQGꢀRUGHUHGꢀDWꢀQRꢀFKDUJHꢀDWꢄꢀ
http://www.acuitybrands.com/products/-/media/Files/Acuity/Brands/Controls/nLight/NGRAVE.PDF
• 7RꢀHQVXUHꢀFRORUꢀXQLIRUPLW\ꢃꢀRUGHULQJꢀWHPSODWHVꢀIDFLOLWDWHꢀVSHFLƓ\LQJꢀDOOꢀEXWWRQVꢀRQꢀDꢀXQLWꢀDVꢀFXVWRPꢀ
lettered. Replacing single buttons not recommended.
• %XWWRQVꢀPD\ꢀVKLSꢀVHSDUDWHO\ꢀDQGꢀUHTXLUHꢀƓHOGꢀLQVWDOODWLRQꢁꢀ

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com nPODM
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 02/13/17 1 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 32 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name:
ELS THV Production Renovation NPODM 2P DX XX
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes: SPECIFY COLOR
PLS17-219589

SPECIFICATIONS
6L]Hꢀꢁ ꢂQRWꢁLQFOXGLQJꢁJURXQGꢁVWUDSꢃꢁꢄꢅꢆꢇŐꢁ+ꢁ[ꢁꢈꢅꢉꢊŐꢁ:ꢁ[ꢁꢈꢅꢉꢋŐꢁ'ꢁ
ꢂꢉꢅꢌꢉꢁFPꢁ[ꢁꢇꢅꢄꢆꢁFPꢁ[ꢁꢇꢅꢈꢇꢁFPꢃꢁ
Weight: 2 oz
0RXQWLQJꢀꢁ 6LQJOHꢁ*DQJꢁ6ZLWFKꢁ%R[ꢁRUꢁ/RZꢁ9ROWDJHꢁ5LQJ
Color: White, Ivory, Lt. Almond, Gray, Black, Red
nLight Network Ports: 2 RJ-45
Power Consumption: < 5 mA
Wires: None
RoHS Compliant, Title 24 System Component

WIRING

TYPICAL WIRING
Power to WallPod device is provided via the CAT-5e connection to an nLight enabled fixture, nLight power pack (e.g. nPP16), power supply (nPS80), or Bridge (nBRG 8).

ON/OFF ON/OFF + DIMMMING (nPODM DX)


BLK - 120 V
ORN - 277 V
BLK - 120 V
CAT-5 nPP16 D
nPP16 ORN - 277 V
CAT-5
LOAD
CAT-5
LOAD
CAT-5

[D] Dimming Control


3-WAY CONFIGURATION WIRING
WallPods and/or nLight wall switch sensors can be configured together to create zones with multiple switching locations.

BLK - 120 V
nPP16 ORN - 277 V
CAT-5 CAT-5

LOAD
CAT-5

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com nPODM
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 02/13/17 2 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 33 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name:
ELS THV Production Renovation NPODM 2P DX XX
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes: SPECIFY COLOR
PLS17-219589

DEFAULT LABELING

ON OFF 1 2

ON OFF 3 4

ON OFF ON

ON OFF OFF

nPODM nPODM DX nPODM 2P nPODM 2P DX nPODM 4P nPODM 4P DX

Dynamic wallpod options feature custom button names when pairing with Acuity Brands nTUNE(TM) fixtures. Reference fixture cut sheets for additional details.

ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF

CCT GRAYSCALE COLOR

nPODM 2P DX CCT nPODM 2P DX GRSC nPODM 2P DX COLOR

Custom lettering for WH, IV, AL, and GY units can be specified and ordered at no charge at:
http://www.acuitybrands.com/products/-/media/Files/Acuity/Brands/Controls/nLight/NGRAVE.PDF

INSTALLATION
• 0RXQWꢀ:DOO3RGꢀXVLQJꢀKROHVꢀWKDWꢀDOLJQꢀZLWKꢀVWDQGDUGꢀVLQJOHꢀJDQJꢀVZLWFKꢀER[ꢀRUꢀORZꢀYROWDJHꢀULQJ
• Access RJ-45 ports by sliding plastic guard up
SLIDE

• Insert CAT-5e cable(s), T568B wiring convention recommended


• Slide guard back onto metal strap
• Interconnect unit with other nLight devices in lighting zone using CAT-5e cables TO RJ-45 PORT
CA
CA
T-5

• Once power is received via CAT-5e connection, all devices in zone will automatically begin
T-
5

functioning together according to respective device’s defaults TO RJ-45 PORT

Attention! Only use non-booted CAT5e cables.

PROGRAMMING
Refer to instruction card IN-11.3 for directions on programming the sensor via the upper-most left push-button. All buttons are factory set to the matching switch channel (button
1 - channel 1, button 2 - channel 2, etc). For nPODM 4P DX, channels to be controlled are selected first, then the control button (on/off or raise/lower).

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com nPODM
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 02/13/17 3 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 34 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name:
ELS THV Production Renovation NPODM 4P DX XX
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes: SPECIFY COLOR
PLS17-219589

Catalog Number: Date: Project:

OVERVIEW
The nPODM Series WallPods are nLight-enabled toggle and/or raise/lower switches that provide a user with
local control of a lighting zone. These single gang decorator style devices have soft-click buttons and have
a green LED indicator for each button. WallPods communicate with other nLight devices via a CAT-5e cable
that connects to one of its two RJ-45 connectors. A basic low voltage WallPod can work with an nLight power
SDFNꢀRUꢀQ/LJKWꢀHQDEOHGꢀƓ[WXUHꢀWRꢀSURYLGHꢀWRJJOHꢀVZLWFKꢀRSHUDWLRQꢁꢀ:DOO3RGVꢀZLWKꢀWKHꢀ';ꢀRSWLRQꢀKDYHꢀWKHꢀ
added ability to adjust the level of any nLight controlled dimmable lighting.

FEATURES nPODM
• Communicates with nLight network
Wallpod: On/Off & On/
• 5HPRWHO\ꢀFRQƓJXUDEOHꢂXSJUDGHDEOH Off+Raise/Lower
• Soft-click push-button control
• Custom button engraving at no charge (WH, IV, AL GY units only)
• 1, 2, or 4 channel on/off
• 1, 2, or 4 channel raise/lower
• ŏ'\QDPLFŐꢀRSWLRQVꢀIRUꢀFXVWRPꢀEXWWRQꢀQDPHVꢀZKHQꢀSDLULQJꢀZLWKꢀ$FXLW\ꢀ%UDQGVꢀQ781(ꢀƓ[WXUHV

Warranty
Five-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
ZZZꢁDFXLW\EUDQGVꢁFRPꢂ&XVWRPHU5HVRXUFHVꢂ7HUPVBDQGBFRQGLWLRQVꢁDVS[
Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
6SHFLƓFDWLRQVꢀVXEMHFWꢀWRꢀFKDQJHꢀZLWKRXWꢀQRWLFHꢁ

Capable
This item is an A+ capable component, which has been designed and tested to provide out-of-the-box
luminaire compatibility with simple commissioning, when included as part of an A+ Certified™ Solution.
To learn more about A+, visit www.acuitybrands.com/aplus.

ORDERING INFORMATION
nPODM Example: nPODM 2P WH
XX-Specify
Series Preset Type Dimming Control Dynamic Color Temp/ Humidity

nPODM [blank] Single channel [blank] On/off control [blank] Standard WH White [blank] Normal
2P Two channels DX On/off + raise/lower control CCT1 Correlated color temperature IV Ivory LT Low temp
4P Four channels GRSC1 Grayscale GY Gray
COLOR1 Color control AL Almond
BK Black
RD Red

CUSTOM BUTTON ENGRAVING Notes


• Standard button labeling is shown on back. 1. 2QO\ꢀDYDLODEOHꢀRQꢀꢅ3ꢀ';ꢀFRQƓJXUDWLRQV

• &XVWRPꢀOHWWHULQJꢀIRUꢀ:+ꢃꢀ,9ꢃꢀ$/ꢃꢀDQGꢀ*<ꢀXQLWVꢀFDQꢀEHꢀVSHFLƓHGꢀDQGꢀRUGHUHGꢀDWꢀQRꢀFKDUJHꢀDWꢄꢀ
http://www.acuitybrands.com/products/-/media/Files/Acuity/Brands/Controls/nLight/NGRAVE.PDF
• 7RꢀHQVXUHꢀFRORUꢀXQLIRUPLW\ꢃꢀRUGHULQJꢀWHPSODWHVꢀIDFLOLWDWHꢀVSHFLƓ\LQJꢀDOOꢀEXWWRQVꢀRQꢀDꢀXQLWꢀDVꢀFXVWRPꢀ
lettered. Replacing single buttons not recommended.
• %XWWRQVꢀPD\ꢀVKLSꢀVHSDUDWHO\ꢀDQGꢀUHTXLUHꢀƓHOGꢀLQVWDOODWLRQꢁꢀ

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com nPODM
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 02/13/17 1 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 35 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name:
ELS THV Production Renovation NPODM 4P DX XX
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes: SPECIFY COLOR
PLS17-219589

SPECIFICATIONS
6L]Hꢀꢁ ꢂQRWꢁLQFOXGLQJꢁJURXQGꢁVWUDSꢃꢁꢄꢅꢆꢇŐꢁ+ꢁ[ꢁꢈꢅꢉꢊŐꢁ:ꢁ[ꢁꢈꢅꢉꢋŐꢁ'ꢁ
ꢂꢉꢅꢌꢉꢁFPꢁ[ꢁꢇꢅꢄꢆꢁFPꢁ[ꢁꢇꢅꢈꢇꢁFPꢃꢁ
Weight: 2 oz
0RXQWLQJꢀꢁ 6LQJOHꢁ*DQJꢁ6ZLWFKꢁ%R[ꢁRUꢁ/RZꢁ9ROWDJHꢁ5LQJ
Color: White, Ivory, Lt. Almond, Gray, Black, Red
nLight Network Ports: 2 RJ-45
Power Consumption: < 5 mA
Wires: None
RoHS Compliant, Title 24 System Component

WIRING

TYPICAL WIRING
Power to WallPod device is provided via the CAT-5e connection to an nLight enabled fixture, nLight power pack (e.g. nPP16), power supply (nPS80), or Bridge (nBRG 8).

ON/OFF ON/OFF + DIMMMING (nPODM DX)


BLK - 120 V
ORN - 277 V
BLK - 120 V
CAT-5 nPP16 D
nPP16 ORN - 277 V
CAT-5
LOAD
CAT-5
LOAD
CAT-5

[D] Dimming Control


3-WAY CONFIGURATION WIRING
WallPods and/or nLight wall switch sensors can be configured together to create zones with multiple switching locations.

BLK - 120 V
nPP16 ORN - 277 V
CAT-5 CAT-5

LOAD
CAT-5

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com nPODM
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 02/13/17 2 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 36 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name:
ELS THV Production Renovation NPODM 4P DX XX
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes: SPECIFY COLOR
PLS17-219589

DEFAULT LABELING

ON OFF 1 2

ON OFF 3 4

ON OFF ON

ON OFF OFF

nPODM nPODM DX nPODM 2P nPODM 2P DX nPODM 4P nPODM 4P DX

Dynamic wallpod options feature custom button names when pairing with Acuity Brands nTUNE(TM) fixtures. Reference fixture cut sheets for additional details.

ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF

CCT GRAYSCALE COLOR

nPODM 2P DX CCT nPODM 2P DX GRSC nPODM 2P DX COLOR

Custom lettering for WH, IV, AL, and GY units can be specified and ordered at no charge at:
http://www.acuitybrands.com/products/-/media/Files/Acuity/Brands/Controls/nLight/NGRAVE.PDF

INSTALLATION
• 0RXQWꢀ:DOO3RGꢀXVLQJꢀKROHVꢀWKDWꢀDOLJQꢀZLWKꢀVWDQGDUGꢀVLQJOHꢀJDQJꢀVZLWFKꢀER[ꢀRUꢀORZꢀYROWDJHꢀULQJ
• Access RJ-45 ports by sliding plastic guard up
SLIDE

• Insert CAT-5e cable(s), T568B wiring convention recommended


• Slide guard back onto metal strap
• Interconnect unit with other nLight devices in lighting zone using CAT-5e cables TO RJ-45 PORT
CA
CA
T-5

• Once power is received via CAT-5e connection, all devices in zone will automatically begin
T-
5

functioning together according to respective device’s defaults TO RJ-45 PORT

Attention! Only use non-booted CAT5e cables.

PROGRAMMING
Refer to instruction card IN-11.3 for directions on programming the sensor via the upper-most left push-button. All buttons are factory set to the matching switch channel (button
1 - channel 1, button 2 - channel 2, etc). For nPODM 4P DX, channels to be controlled are selected first, then the control button (on/off or raise/lower).

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com nPODM
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 02/13/17 3 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 37 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name:
ELS THV Production Renovation NPODM DX XX
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes: SPECIFY COLOR
PLS17-219589

Catalog Number: Date: Project:

OVERVIEW
The nPODM Series WallPods are nLight-enabled toggle and/or raise/lower switches that provide a user with
local control of a lighting zone. These single gang decorator style devices have soft-click buttons and have
a green LED indicator for each button. WallPods communicate with other nLight devices via a CAT-5e cable
that connects to one of its two RJ-45 connectors. A basic low voltage WallPod can work with an nLight power
SDFNꢀRUꢀQ/LJKWꢀHQDEOHGꢀƓ[WXUHꢀWRꢀSURYLGHꢀWRJJOHꢀVZLWFKꢀRSHUDWLRQꢁꢀ:DOO3RGVꢀZLWKꢀWKHꢀ';ꢀRSWLRQꢀKDYHꢀWKHꢀ
added ability to adjust the level of any nLight controlled dimmable lighting.

FEATURES nPODM
• Communicates with nLight network
Wallpod: On/Off & On/
• 5HPRWHO\ꢀFRQƓJXUDEOHꢂXSJUDGHDEOH Off+Raise/Lower
• Soft-click push-button control
• Custom button engraving at no charge (WH, IV, AL GY units only)
• 1, 2, or 4 channel on/off
• 1, 2, or 4 channel raise/lower
• ŏ'\QDPLFŐꢀRSWLRQVꢀIRUꢀFXVWRPꢀEXWWRQꢀQDPHVꢀZKHQꢀSDLULQJꢀZLWKꢀ$FXLW\ꢀ%UDQGVꢀQ781(ꢀƓ[WXUHV

Warranty
Five-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
ZZZꢁDFXLW\EUDQGVꢁFRPꢂ&XVWRPHU5HVRXUFHVꢂ7HUPVBDQGBFRQGLWLRQVꢁDVS[
Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
6SHFLƓFDWLRQVꢀVXEMHFWꢀWRꢀFKDQJHꢀZLWKRXWꢀQRWLFHꢁ

Capable
This item is an A+ capable component, which has been designed and tested to provide out-of-the-box
luminaire compatibility with simple commissioning, when included as part of an A+ Certified™ Solution.
To learn more about A+, visit www.acuitybrands.com/aplus.

ORDERING INFORMATION
nPODM Example: nPODM 2P WH
XX-Specify
Series Preset Type Dimming Control Dynamic Color Temp/ Humidity

nPODM [blank] Single channel [blank] On/off control [blank] Standard WH White [blank] Normal
2P Two channels DX On/off + raise/lower control CCT1 Correlated color temperature IV Ivory LT Low temp
4P Four channels GRSC1 Grayscale GY Gray
COLOR1 Color control AL Almond
BK Black
RD Red

CUSTOM BUTTON ENGRAVING Notes


• Standard button labeling is shown on back. 1. 2QO\ꢀDYDLODEOHꢀRQꢀꢅ3ꢀ';ꢀFRQƓJXUDWLRQV

• &XVWRPꢀOHWWHULQJꢀIRUꢀ:+ꢃꢀ,9ꢃꢀ$/ꢃꢀDQGꢀ*<ꢀXQLWVꢀFDQꢀEHꢀVSHFLƓHGꢀDQGꢀRUGHUHGꢀDWꢀQRꢀFKDUJHꢀDWꢄꢀ
http://www.acuitybrands.com/products/-/media/Files/Acuity/Brands/Controls/nLight/NGRAVE.PDF
• 7RꢀHQVXUHꢀFRORUꢀXQLIRUPLW\ꢃꢀRUGHULQJꢀWHPSODWHVꢀIDFLOLWDWHꢀVSHFLƓ\LQJꢀDOOꢀEXWWRQVꢀRQꢀDꢀXQLWꢀDVꢀFXVWRPꢀ
lettered. Replacing single buttons not recommended.
• %XWWRQVꢀPD\ꢀVKLSꢀVHSDUDWHO\ꢀDQGꢀUHTXLUHꢀƓHOGꢀLQVWDOODWLRQꢁꢀ

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com nPODM
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 02/13/17 1 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 38 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name:
ELS THV Production Renovation NPODM DX XX
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes: SPECIFY COLOR
PLS17-219589

SPECIFICATIONS
6L]Hꢀꢁ ꢂQRWꢁLQFOXGLQJꢁJURXQGꢁVWUDSꢃꢁꢄꢅꢆꢇŐꢁ+ꢁ[ꢁꢈꢅꢉꢊŐꢁ:ꢁ[ꢁꢈꢅꢉꢋŐꢁ'ꢁ
ꢂꢉꢅꢌꢉꢁFPꢁ[ꢁꢇꢅꢄꢆꢁFPꢁ[ꢁꢇꢅꢈꢇꢁFPꢃꢁ
Weight: 2 oz
0RXQWLQJꢀꢁ 6LQJOHꢁ*DQJꢁ6ZLWFKꢁ%R[ꢁRUꢁ/RZꢁ9ROWDJHꢁ5LQJ
Color: White, Ivory, Lt. Almond, Gray, Black, Red
nLight Network Ports: 2 RJ-45
Power Consumption: < 5 mA
Wires: None
RoHS Compliant, Title 24 System Component

WIRING

TYPICAL WIRING
Power to WallPod device is provided via the CAT-5e connection to an nLight enabled fixture, nLight power pack (e.g. nPP16), power supply (nPS80), or Bridge (nBRG 8).

ON/OFF ON/OFF + DIMMMING (nPODM DX)


BLK - 120 V
ORN - 277 V
BLK - 120 V
CAT-5 nPP16 D
nPP16 ORN - 277 V
CAT-5
LOAD
CAT-5
LOAD
CAT-5

[D] Dimming Control


3-WAY CONFIGURATION WIRING
WallPods and/or nLight wall switch sensors can be configured together to create zones with multiple switching locations.

BLK - 120 V
nPP16 ORN - 277 V
CAT-5 CAT-5

LOAD
CAT-5

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com nPODM
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 02/13/17 2 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 39 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name:
ELS THV Production Renovation NPODM DX XX
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes: SPECIFY COLOR
PLS17-219589

DEFAULT LABELING

ON OFF 1 2

ON OFF 3 4

ON OFF ON

ON OFF OFF

nPODM nPODM DX nPODM 2P nPODM 2P DX nPODM 4P nPODM 4P DX

Dynamic wallpod options feature custom button names when pairing with Acuity Brands nTUNE(TM) fixtures. Reference fixture cut sheets for additional details.

ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF

CCT GRAYSCALE COLOR

nPODM 2P DX CCT nPODM 2P DX GRSC nPODM 2P DX COLOR

Custom lettering for WH, IV, AL, and GY units can be specified and ordered at no charge at:
http://www.acuitybrands.com/products/-/media/Files/Acuity/Brands/Controls/nLight/NGRAVE.PDF

INSTALLATION
• 0RXQWꢀ:DOO3RGꢀXVLQJꢀKROHVꢀWKDWꢀDOLJQꢀZLWKꢀVWDQGDUGꢀVLQJOHꢀJDQJꢀVZLWFKꢀER[ꢀRUꢀORZꢀYROWDJHꢀULQJ
• Access RJ-45 ports by sliding plastic guard up
SLIDE

• Insert CAT-5e cable(s), T568B wiring convention recommended


• Slide guard back onto metal strap
• Interconnect unit with other nLight devices in lighting zone using CAT-5e cables TO RJ-45 PORT
CA
CA
T-5

• Once power is received via CAT-5e connection, all devices in zone will automatically begin
T-
5

functioning together according to respective device’s defaults TO RJ-45 PORT

Attention! Only use non-booted CAT5e cables.

PROGRAMMING
Refer to instruction card IN-11.3 for directions on programming the sensor via the upper-most left push-button. All buttons are factory set to the matching switch channel (button
1 - channel 1, button 2 - channel 2, etc). For nPODM 4P DX, channels to be controlled are selected first, then the control button (on/off or raise/lower).

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com nPODM
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 02/13/17 3 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 40 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name:
ELS THV Production Renovation NPODM XX
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes: SPECIFY COLOR
PLS17-219589

Catalog Number: Date: Project:

OVERVIEW
The nPODM Series WallPods are nLight-enabled toggle and/or raise/lower switches that provide a user with
local control of a lighting zone. These single gang decorator style devices have soft-click buttons and have
a green LED indicator for each button. WallPods communicate with other nLight devices via a CAT-5e cable
that connects to one of its two RJ-45 connectors. A basic low voltage WallPod can work with an nLight power
SDFNꢀRUꢀQ/LJKWꢀHQDEOHGꢀƓ[WXUHꢀWRꢀSURYLGHꢀWRJJOHꢀVZLWFKꢀRSHUDWLRQꢁꢀ:DOO3RGVꢀZLWKꢀWKHꢀ';ꢀRSWLRQꢀKDYHꢀWKHꢀ
added ability to adjust the level of any nLight controlled dimmable lighting.

FEATURES nPODM
• Communicates with nLight network
Wallpod: On/Off & On/
• 5HPRWHO\ꢀFRQƓJXUDEOHꢂXSJUDGHDEOH Off+Raise/Lower
• Soft-click push-button control
• Custom button engraving at no charge (WH, IV, AL GY units only)
• 1, 2, or 4 channel on/off
• 1, 2, or 4 channel raise/lower
• ŏ'\QDPLFŐꢀRSWLRQVꢀIRUꢀFXVWRPꢀEXWWRQꢀQDPHVꢀZKHQꢀSDLULQJꢀZLWKꢀ$FXLW\ꢀ%UDQGVꢀQ781(ꢀƓ[WXUHV

Warranty
Five-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
ZZZꢁDFXLW\EUDQGVꢁFRPꢂ&XVWRPHU5HVRXUFHVꢂ7HUPVBDQGBFRQGLWLRQVꢁDVS[
Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
6SHFLƓFDWLRQVꢀVXEMHFWꢀWRꢀFKDQJHꢀZLWKRXWꢀQRWLFHꢁ

Capable
This item is an A+ capable component, which has been designed and tested to provide out-of-the-box
luminaire compatibility with simple commissioning, when included as part of an A+ Certified™ Solution.
To learn more about A+, visit www.acuitybrands.com/aplus.

ORDERING INFORMATION
nPODM Example: nPODM 2P WH
XX-Specify
Series Preset Type Dimming Control Dynamic Color Temp/ Humidity

nPODM [blank] Single channel [blank] On/off control [blank] Standard WH White [blank] Normal
2P Two channels DX On/off + raise/lower control CCT1 Correlated color temperature IV Ivory LT Low temp
4P Four channels GRSC1 Grayscale GY Gray
COLOR1 Color control AL Almond
BK Black
RD Red

CUSTOM BUTTON ENGRAVING Notes


• Standard button labeling is shown on back. 1. 2QO\ꢀDYDLODEOHꢀRQꢀꢅ3ꢀ';ꢀFRQƓJXUDWLRQV

• &XVWRPꢀOHWWHULQJꢀIRUꢀ:+ꢃꢀ,9ꢃꢀ$/ꢃꢀDQGꢀ*<ꢀXQLWVꢀFDQꢀEHꢀVSHFLƓHGꢀDQGꢀRUGHUHGꢀDWꢀQRꢀFKDUJHꢀDWꢄꢀ
http://www.acuitybrands.com/products/-/media/Files/Acuity/Brands/Controls/nLight/NGRAVE.PDF
• 7RꢀHQVXUHꢀFRORUꢀXQLIRUPLW\ꢃꢀRUGHULQJꢀWHPSODWHVꢀIDFLOLWDWHꢀVSHFLƓ\LQJꢀDOOꢀEXWWRQVꢀRQꢀDꢀXQLWꢀDVꢀFXVWRPꢀ
lettered. Replacing single buttons not recommended.
• %XWWRQVꢀPD\ꢀVKLSꢀVHSDUDWHO\ꢀDQGꢀUHTXLUHꢀƓHOGꢀLQVWDOODWLRQꢁꢀ

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com nPODM
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 02/13/17 1 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 41 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name:
ELS THV Production Renovation NPODM XX
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes: SPECIFY COLOR
PLS17-219589

SPECIFICATIONS
6L]Hꢀꢁ ꢂQRWꢁLQFOXGLQJꢁJURXQGꢁVWUDSꢃꢁꢄꢅꢆꢇŐꢁ+ꢁ[ꢁꢈꢅꢉꢊŐꢁ:ꢁ[ꢁꢈꢅꢉꢋŐꢁ'ꢁ
ꢂꢉꢅꢌꢉꢁFPꢁ[ꢁꢇꢅꢄꢆꢁFPꢁ[ꢁꢇꢅꢈꢇꢁFPꢃꢁ
Weight: 2 oz
0RXQWLQJꢀꢁ 6LQJOHꢁ*DQJꢁ6ZLWFKꢁ%R[ꢁRUꢁ/RZꢁ9ROWDJHꢁ5LQJ
Color: White, Ivory, Lt. Almond, Gray, Black, Red
nLight Network Ports: 2 RJ-45
Power Consumption: < 5 mA
Wires: None
RoHS Compliant, Title 24 System Component

WIRING

TYPICAL WIRING
Power to WallPod device is provided via the CAT-5e connection to an nLight enabled fixture, nLight power pack (e.g. nPP16), power supply (nPS80), or Bridge (nBRG 8).

ON/OFF ON/OFF + DIMMMING (nPODM DX)


BLK - 120 V
ORN - 277 V
BLK - 120 V
CAT-5 nPP16 D
nPP16 ORN - 277 V
CAT-5
LOAD
CAT-5
LOAD
CAT-5

[D] Dimming Control


3-WAY CONFIGURATION WIRING
WallPods and/or nLight wall switch sensors can be configured together to create zones with multiple switching locations.

BLK - 120 V
nPP16 ORN - 277 V
CAT-5 CAT-5

LOAD
CAT-5

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com nPODM
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 02/13/17 2 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 42 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name:
ELS THV Production Renovation NPODM XX
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes: SPECIFY COLOR
PLS17-219589

DEFAULT LABELING

ON OFF 1 2

ON OFF 3 4

ON OFF ON

ON OFF OFF

nPODM nPODM DX nPODM 2P nPODM 2P DX nPODM 4P nPODM 4P DX

Dynamic wallpod options feature custom button names when pairing with Acuity Brands nTUNE(TM) fixtures. Reference fixture cut sheets for additional details.

ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF

CCT GRAYSCALE COLOR

nPODM 2P DX CCT nPODM 2P DX GRSC nPODM 2P DX COLOR

Custom lettering for WH, IV, AL, and GY units can be specified and ordered at no charge at:
http://www.acuitybrands.com/products/-/media/Files/Acuity/Brands/Controls/nLight/NGRAVE.PDF

INSTALLATION
• 0RXQWꢀ:DOO3RGꢀXVLQJꢀKROHVꢀWKDWꢀDOLJQꢀZLWKꢀVWDQGDUGꢀVLQJOHꢀJDQJꢀVZLWFKꢀER[ꢀRUꢀORZꢀYROWDJHꢀULQJ
• Access RJ-45 ports by sliding plastic guard up
SLIDE

• Insert CAT-5e cable(s), T568B wiring convention recommended


• Slide guard back onto metal strap
• Interconnect unit with other nLight devices in lighting zone using CAT-5e cables TO RJ-45 PORT
CA
CA
T-5

• Once power is received via CAT-5e connection, all devices in zone will automatically begin
T-
5

functioning together according to respective device’s defaults TO RJ-45 PORT

Attention! Only use non-booted CAT5e cables.

PROGRAMMING
Refer to instruction card IN-11.3 for directions on programming the sensor via the upper-most left push-button. All buttons are factory set to the matching switch channel (button
1 - channel 1, button 2 - channel 2, etc). For nPODM 4P DX, channels to be controlled are selected first, then the control button (on/off or raise/lower).

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com nPODM
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 02/13/17 3 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 43 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NPP16
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

Catalog Number: Date: Project:

OVERVIEW
The nLight nPP16 family of power packs is the workhorse of an nLight system, delivering robust system
performance and design versatility for commercial and industrial lighting control applications. The nPP16
family is capable of switching loads up to 16 Amps via an internal latching relay designed with robust
SURWHFWLRQꢀIURPꢀWKHꢀKDUVKꢀVZLWFKLQJꢀUHTXLUHPHQWVꢀRIꢀ7ꢁꢀŴXRUHVFHQWꢀDQGꢀ/('ꢀORDGVꢂꢀ7KHVHꢀSRZHUꢀSDFNVꢀDOVRꢀ
provide nLight system bus power - up to 40mA from each of its two RJ-45 ports - by transforming Class 1
line voltage (120/277 VAC or 347 VAC) to Class 2 low voltage (15 VDC). This power is typically utilized by
other nLight devices within the power pack’s local control zone; however, remaining power is also made
available over the network for Bridges and devices in other zones to utilize.

FEATURES nPP16


Communicates w/ nLight Network
Self-Contained Relay Switches Line Voltage Load
Power/Relay Pack
• Supplies 40mA of Bus Power / RJ-45 port
• Optional out-of-box vacancy and partial-on modes
• 5HPRWHO\ꢀ&RQƓJXUDEOHꢃ8SJUDGHDEOH
• Push-Button Programmable
• &RQƓJXUDEOHꢀ5HOD\ꢀ/RJLF
• Extended Chase Nipple
• Plenum rated

SPECIFICATIONS
Size: (not including ½” chase nipple) 3.38” H x 2.53” W x 1.83” D (8.59 cm
x 6.43 cm x 4.65 cm) Model #: nPP16 (D) Model #: nPP16 (D) ER
Weight: 6 oz
Mounting: 1/2” Knockout
Color: White (standard), Red (ER)
nLight Network Ports: 2 RJ-45
Operating Voltage: 120/240/277VAC, 347VAC (with 347 option)
Max Load: 16A @ 120VAC/277VAC, 347VAC
Motor Load: 1/2 HP
Relay type: Latching
Frequency: 50/60Hz
Operating Temp: 14°F to 122°F (-10°C to 50°C)
Relative Humidity: 20-90% non-condensing
Bus Output Current/Voltage: 15 VDC, 40 mA / port (non-ER units only), 40 mA total at 240VAC
Max Dimming Load: Sinks 100mA; 0-10VDC dimmable ballasts or LED drivers
*If power pack is enclosed within a junction box, max ambient temperature is 45° C
RoHS Compliant, Title 24 System Component, Class 1 Listed, Plenum Rated, cULus Listed, CSA Listed

Warranty
Five-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
6SHFLƓFDWLRQVꢀVXEMHFWꢀWRꢀFKDQJHꢀZLWKRXWꢀQRWLFHꢂ

ORDERING INFORMATION
Example: nPP16 D ER LT

Series Dimming Emergency Default Mode Voltage Temp/humidity

nPP16 Power/Relay Pack [blank] None [blank] None [blank] Auto On (Switch Ch. 1) [blank] 120/277VAC [blank] Standard
D 0-10VDC Dimming ER UL924 Emergency SW2 Auto On (Switch Ch. 2) 347 120/347VAC LT Low temp
output (via chase nipple) Operation SA Manual On (Switch Ch. 1)
DS 0-10VDC Dimming output
(via side slot) SA2 Manual On (Switch Ch. 2)
PA70 Auto On to 70% (Partial On)¹
PA Auto On to 50% (Partial On)¹
1. Requires D or DS option.

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com NPP16_FAMILY IS-NPP16 ER
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 01/18/17 1 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 44 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NPP16
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

WIRING (Do not wire hot)

T568B pin/pair assignment is recommended for all CAT-5e cables. For Supply Connections, use 14 AWG/90°C, 12 AWG/75°C or larger.

Diagram for non-dimming units Diagram for units with a dimming option (-D or -DS suffix)

BLU (line in)


WHT (neutral) 120 VAC BLK1 (line in)
OR
BLK1 (line in) 277 VAC1 ORN (line in)
1
120 VAC BLU (line out) 0-10 VDC
ORN1 (line in) OR Ballast or
nPP16 277 VAC1 nPP16 D LED Driver
BLU (line in) WHT(neutral) or VIO (low voltage dim out)
BLU (line out) nPP16 DS
LOAD GRY (low voltage common)
CAT-5e CAT-5e
GRN
Note 1
BLK - 120 VAC
ORN - 277 VAC (or 347 VAC if unit has 347 option)

WIRING FOR EMERGENCY (-ER) UNITS


T568B pin/pair assignment is recommended for all CAT-5e cables. Unit powers itself but does not provide any bus power to other connected nLight devices.
For Supply Connections, use 14 AWG/90°C, 12 AWG/75°C or larger.

Diagram for non-dimming units Diagram for units with a dimming option (-D or -DS suffix)
Normal3 Emergency Normal3 Emergency
(sense only) (sense only) EMERGENCY
VIO (low voltage 0-10 VDC
dim out)
Ballast or
GRY (low voltage
common) LED Driver
OPTIONAL (120VAC (120VAC
TEST
YEL Emer. Feed) 120 VAC OPTIONAL
YEL Emer. Feed) 120 VAC
SWITCH RED
(277VAC
Emer. Feed2)
OR TEST
SWITCH
nPP16 D ER RED
(277VAC
Emer. Feed2)
OR

BLK nPP16 ER
277 VAC1
or 277 VAC1
BLK
(Normal Feed)
BLU (Emer. Feed)
(Normal Feed)
nPP16 DS ER BLU (Emer. Feed)

WHT BLU (Switched Out) EMERGENCY WHT BLU (Switched Out)


(Normal Neutral) LOAD (Normal Neutral)

WHT w/ RED (Emer. Neutral) WHT w/ RED (Emer. Neutral)


CAT-5e STRIPE CAT-5e STRIPE
Notes GRN

1. Connect to 120VAC or 277VAC feed ONLY. Cap off unused wire.


2. For 347V product, Red wire is 347VAC Emer. Feed
3. Normal Sense input: 120-277VAC. For 347V product: 120-347VAC

GENERAL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS


• Mount through a ½” knockout in any junction box or luminaire. Secure with lock nut.
• Following above wiring diagram, connect wires to line voltage feed(s), neutral(s), and load.
• If applicable, connect low voltage violet and gray dimming wires to 0-10 VDC ballast/driver and BUTTON

green wire to an approved ground connection. Note: wires have 600V rated insulation. RJ-45 PORTS

• Interconnect unit (via RJ-45 ports) with other nLight devices in lighting zone using CAT-5e cables. LED

ADDITIONAL EMERGENCY (-ER) INSTRUCTIONS


PUSH-BUTTON TESTING:
As long as the relay is in the open (lights off) position and normal power is present, you are able to simulate normal power being lost by pressing and releasing the unit’s
push-button one time. After a few seconds the relay will close for 4 seconds, then open back up and return to normal operation. A separate push-button test switch (not
included) can also be wired in as shown in above diagrams.
INTERFACING WITH A FIRE ALARM PANEL:
7RꢀLQWHUIDFHꢀXQLWꢀWRꢀDꢀƓUHꢀDODUPꢀV\VWHPꢀVXFKꢀWKDWꢀWKHꢀUHOD\ꢀLVꢀRYHUULGHQꢀFORVHGꢀꢁOLJKWVꢀRQꢂꢀXSRQꢀDFWLYDWLRQꢀRIꢀWKHꢀƓUHꢀDODUPꢀV\VWHPꢃꢀWKHꢀƓUHꢀDODUPꢀV\VWHPꢀPXVWꢀSURYLGHꢀDꢀ
QRUPDOO\ꢀFORVHGꢀUHOD\ꢀZKLFKꢀRSHQVꢀZKHQꢀWKHꢀƓUHꢀDODUPꢀV\VWHPꢀLVꢀDFWLYDWHGꢄꢀꢀ7KLVꢀUHOD\ꢀPXVWꢀEHꢀSXWꢀLQꢀVHULHVꢀZLWKꢀWKHꢀ%ODFNꢀSRZHUꢀVHQVHꢀOLQHꢀRQꢀWKHꢀQ33ꢅꢆꢀ(5ꢄꢀꢀ:KHQꢀWKHꢀ
QRUPDOO\ꢀFORVHGꢀUHOD\ꢀRSHQVꢃꢀWKHꢀQ33ꢅꢆꢀ(5ꢀZLOOꢀFORVHꢀLWVꢀUHOD\ꢀWRꢀSURYLGHꢀHJUHVVꢀOLJKWLQJꢀZKHQꢀWKHꢀƓUHꢀDODUPꢀV\VWHPꢀLVꢀDFWLYDWHGꢄ

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com NPP16_FAMILY IS-NPP16 ER
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 01/18/17 2 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 45 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NPP16
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS
When using electrical equipment, basic safety precautions should always be followed
including the following:

READ AND FOLLOW ALL SAFETY


INSTRUCTIONS.
• Do not use outdoors.

• Do not mount near gas or electric heaters.

• Equipment should be mounted in locations and at heights where it will not be subjected to
tampering by unauthorized personnel.

• The use of accessory equipment not recommended by the manufacturer may cause an
unsafe condition.

• Turn power off, both normal and emergency sources before installation/servicing any
equipment connected to this unit.

• Do not use this equipment for other than its intended use.

• All servicing should be performed by qualified personnel.

SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com NPP16_FAMILY IS-NPP16 ER
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 01/18/17 3 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 46 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NPP16 D
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

Catalog Number: Date: Project:

OVERVIEW
The nLight nPP16 family of power packs is the workhorse of an nLight system, delivering robust system
performance and design versatility for commercial and industrial lighting control applications. The nPP16
family is capable of switching loads up to 16 Amps via an internal latching relay designed with robust
SURWHFWLRQꢀIURPꢀWKHꢀKDUVKꢀVZLWFKLQJꢀUHTXLUHPHQWVꢀRIꢀ7ꢁꢀŴXRUHVFHQWꢀDQGꢀ/('ꢀORDGVꢂꢀ7KHVHꢀSRZHUꢀSDFNVꢀDOVRꢀ
provide nLight system bus power - up to 40mA from each of its two RJ-45 ports - by transforming Class 1
line voltage (120/277 VAC or 347 VAC) to Class 2 low voltage (15 VDC). This power is typically utilized by
other nLight devices within the power pack’s local control zone; however, remaining power is also made
available over the network for Bridges and devices in other zones to utilize.

FEATURES nPP16


Communicates w/ nLight Network
Self-Contained Relay Switches Line Voltage Load
Power/Relay Pack
• Supplies 40mA of Bus Power / RJ-45 port
• Optional out-of-box vacancy and partial-on modes
• 5HPRWHO\ꢀ&RQƓJXUDEOHꢃ8SJUDGHDEOH
• Push-Button Programmable
• &RQƓJXUDEOHꢀ5HOD\ꢀ/RJLF
• Extended Chase Nipple
• Plenum rated

SPECIFICATIONS
Size: (not including ½” chase nipple) 3.38” H x 2.53” W x 1.83” D (8.59 cm
x 6.43 cm x 4.65 cm) Model #: nPP16 (D) Model #: nPP16 (D) ER
Weight: 6 oz
Mounting: 1/2” Knockout
Color: White (standard), Red (ER)
nLight Network Ports: 2 RJ-45
Operating Voltage: 120/240/277VAC, 347VAC (with 347 option)
Max Load: 16A @ 120VAC/277VAC, 347VAC
Motor Load: 1/2 HP
Relay type: Latching
Frequency: 50/60Hz
Operating Temp: 14°F to 122°F (-10°C to 50°C)
Relative Humidity: 20-90% non-condensing
Bus Output Current/Voltage: 15 VDC, 40 mA / port (non-ER units only), 40 mA total at 240VAC
Max Dimming Load: Sinks 100mA; 0-10VDC dimmable ballasts or LED drivers
*If power pack is enclosed within a junction box, max ambient temperature is 45° C
RoHS Compliant, Title 24 System Component, Class 1 Listed, Plenum Rated, cULus Listed, CSA Listed

Warranty
Five-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
6SHFLƓFDWLRQVꢀVXEMHFWꢀWRꢀFKDQJHꢀZLWKRXWꢀQRWLFHꢂ

ORDERING INFORMATION
Example: nPP16 D ER LT

Series Dimming Emergency Default Mode Voltage Temp/humidity

nPP16 Power/Relay Pack [blank] None [blank] None [blank] Auto On (Switch Ch. 1) [blank] 120/277VAC [blank] Standard
D 0-10VDC Dimming ER UL924 Emergency SW2 Auto On (Switch Ch. 2) 347 120/347VAC LT Low temp
output (via chase nipple) Operation SA Manual On (Switch Ch. 1)
DS 0-10VDC Dimming output
(via side slot) SA2 Manual On (Switch Ch. 2)
PA70 Auto On to 70% (Partial On)¹
PA Auto On to 50% (Partial On)¹
1. Requires D or DS option.

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com NPP16_FAMILY IS-NPP16 ER
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 01/18/17 1 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 47 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NPP16 D
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

WIRING (Do not wire hot)

T568B pin/pair assignment is recommended for all CAT-5e cables. For Supply Connections, use 14 AWG/90°C, 12 AWG/75°C or larger.

Diagram for non-dimming units Diagram for units with a dimming option (-D or -DS suffix)

BLU (line in)


WHT (neutral) 120 VAC BLK1 (line in)
OR
BLK1 (line in) 277 VAC1 ORN (line in)
1
120 VAC BLU (line out) 0-10 VDC
ORN1 (line in) OR Ballast or
nPP16 277 VAC1 nPP16 D LED Driver
BLU (line in) WHT(neutral) or VIO (low voltage dim out)
BLU (line out) nPP16 DS
LOAD GRY (low voltage common)
CAT-5e CAT-5e
GRN
Note 1
BLK - 120 VAC
ORN - 277 VAC (or 347 VAC if unit has 347 option)

WIRING FOR EMERGENCY (-ER) UNITS


T568B pin/pair assignment is recommended for all CAT-5e cables. Unit powers itself but does not provide any bus power to other connected nLight devices.
For Supply Connections, use 14 AWG/90°C, 12 AWG/75°C or larger.

Diagram for non-dimming units Diagram for units with a dimming option (-D or -DS suffix)
Normal3 Emergency Normal3 Emergency
(sense only) (sense only) EMERGENCY
VIO (low voltage 0-10 VDC
dim out)
Ballast or
GRY (low voltage
common) LED Driver
OPTIONAL (120VAC (120VAC
TEST
YEL Emer. Feed) 120 VAC OPTIONAL
YEL Emer. Feed) 120 VAC
SWITCH RED
(277VAC
Emer. Feed2)
OR TEST
SWITCH
nPP16 D ER RED
(277VAC
Emer. Feed2)
OR

BLK nPP16 ER
277 VAC1
or 277 VAC1
BLK
(Normal Feed)
BLU (Emer. Feed)
(Normal Feed)
nPP16 DS ER BLU (Emer. Feed)

WHT BLU (Switched Out) EMERGENCY WHT BLU (Switched Out)


(Normal Neutral) LOAD (Normal Neutral)

WHT w/ RED (Emer. Neutral) WHT w/ RED (Emer. Neutral)


CAT-5e STRIPE CAT-5e STRIPE
Notes GRN

1. Connect to 120VAC or 277VAC feed ONLY. Cap off unused wire.


2. For 347V product, Red wire is 347VAC Emer. Feed
3. Normal Sense input: 120-277VAC. For 347V product: 120-347VAC

GENERAL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS


• Mount through a ½” knockout in any junction box or luminaire. Secure with lock nut.
• Following above wiring diagram, connect wires to line voltage feed(s), neutral(s), and load.
• If applicable, connect low voltage violet and gray dimming wires to 0-10 VDC ballast/driver and BUTTON

green wire to an approved ground connection. Note: wires have 600V rated insulation. RJ-45 PORTS

• Interconnect unit (via RJ-45 ports) with other nLight devices in lighting zone using CAT-5e cables. LED

ADDITIONAL EMERGENCY (-ER) INSTRUCTIONS


PUSH-BUTTON TESTING:
As long as the relay is in the open (lights off) position and normal power is present, you are able to simulate normal power being lost by pressing and releasing the unit’s
push-button one time. After a few seconds the relay will close for 4 seconds, then open back up and return to normal operation. A separate push-button test switch (not
included) can also be wired in as shown in above diagrams.
INTERFACING WITH A FIRE ALARM PANEL:
7RꢀLQWHUIDFHꢀXQLWꢀWRꢀDꢀƓUHꢀDODUPꢀV\VWHPꢀVXFKꢀWKDWꢀWKHꢀUHOD\ꢀLVꢀRYHUULGHQꢀFORVHGꢀꢁOLJKWVꢀRQꢂꢀXSRQꢀDFWLYDWLRQꢀRIꢀWKHꢀƓUHꢀDODUPꢀV\VWHPꢃꢀWKHꢀƓUHꢀDODUPꢀV\VWHPꢀPXVWꢀSURYLGHꢀDꢀ
QRUPDOO\ꢀFORVHGꢀUHOD\ꢀZKLFKꢀRSHQVꢀZKHQꢀWKHꢀƓUHꢀDODUPꢀV\VWHPꢀLVꢀDFWLYDWHGꢄꢀꢀ7KLVꢀUHOD\ꢀPXVWꢀEHꢀSXWꢀLQꢀVHULHVꢀZLWKꢀWKHꢀ%ODFNꢀSRZHUꢀVHQVHꢀOLQHꢀRQꢀWKHꢀQ33ꢅꢆꢀ(5ꢄꢀꢀ:KHQꢀWKHꢀ
QRUPDOO\ꢀFORVHGꢀUHOD\ꢀRSHQVꢃꢀWKHꢀQ33ꢅꢆꢀ(5ꢀZLOOꢀFORVHꢀLWVꢀUHOD\ꢀWRꢀSURYLGHꢀHJUHVVꢀOLJKWLQJꢀZKHQꢀWKHꢀƓUHꢀDODUPꢀV\VWHPꢀLVꢀDFWLYDWHGꢄ

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com NPP16_FAMILY IS-NPP16 ER
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 01/18/17 2 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 48 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NPP16 D
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS
When using electrical equipment, basic safety precautions should always be followed
including the following:

READ AND FOLLOW ALL SAFETY


INSTRUCTIONS.
• Do not use outdoors.

• Do not mount near gas or electric heaters.

• Equipment should be mounted in locations and at heights where it will not be subjected to
tampering by unauthorized personnel.

• The use of accessory equipment not recommended by the manufacturer may cause an
unsafe condition.

• Turn power off, both normal and emergency sources before installation/servicing any
equipment connected to this unit.

• Do not use this equipment for other than its intended use.

• All servicing should be performed by qualified personnel.

SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com NPP16_FAMILY IS-NPP16 ER
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 01/18/17 3 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 49 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NPP16 D ER
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

Catalog Number: Date: Project:

OVERVIEW
The nLight nPP16 family of power packs is the workhorse of an nLight system, delivering robust system
performance and design versatility for commercial and industrial lighting control applications. The nPP16
family is capable of switching loads up to 16 Amps via an internal latching relay designed with robust
SURWHFWLRQꢀIURPꢀWKHꢀKDUVKꢀVZLWFKLQJꢀUHTXLUHPHQWVꢀRIꢀ7ꢁꢀŴXRUHVFHQWꢀDQGꢀ/('ꢀORDGVꢂꢀ7KHVHꢀSRZHUꢀSDFNVꢀDOVRꢀ
provide nLight system bus power - up to 40mA from each of its two RJ-45 ports - by transforming Class 1
line voltage (120/277 VAC or 347 VAC) to Class 2 low voltage (15 VDC). This power is typically utilized by
other nLight devices within the power pack’s local control zone; however, remaining power is also made
available over the network for Bridges and devices in other zones to utilize.

FEATURES nPP16


Communicates w/ nLight Network
Self-Contained Relay Switches Line Voltage Load
Power/Relay Pack
• Supplies 40mA of Bus Power / RJ-45 port
• Optional out-of-box vacancy and partial-on modes
• 5HPRWHO\ꢀ&RQƓJXUDEOHꢃ8SJUDGHDEOH
• Push-Button Programmable
• &RQƓJXUDEOHꢀ5HOD\ꢀ/RJLF
• Extended Chase Nipple
• Plenum rated

SPECIFICATIONS
Size: (not including ½” chase nipple) 3.38” H x 2.53” W x 1.83” D (8.59 cm
x 6.43 cm x 4.65 cm) Model #: nPP16 (D) Model #: nPP16 (D) ER
Weight: 6 oz
Mounting: 1/2” Knockout
Color: White (standard), Red (ER)
nLight Network Ports: 2 RJ-45
Operating Voltage: 120/240/277VAC, 347VAC (with 347 option)
Max Load: 16A @ 120VAC/277VAC, 347VAC
Motor Load: 1/2 HP
Relay type: Latching
Frequency: 50/60Hz
Operating Temp: 14°F to 122°F (-10°C to 50°C)
Relative Humidity: 20-90% non-condensing
Bus Output Current/Voltage: 15 VDC, 40 mA / port (non-ER units only), 40 mA total at 240VAC
Max Dimming Load: Sinks 100mA; 0-10VDC dimmable ballasts or LED drivers
*If power pack is enclosed within a junction box, max ambient temperature is 45° C
RoHS Compliant, Title 24 System Component, Class 1 Listed, Plenum Rated, cULus Listed, CSA Listed

Warranty
Five-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
6SHFLƓFDWLRQVꢀVXEMHFWꢀWRꢀFKDQJHꢀZLWKRXWꢀQRWLFHꢂ

ORDERING INFORMATION
Example: nPP16 D ER LT

Series Dimming Emergency Default Mode Voltage Temp/humidity

nPP16 Power/Relay Pack [blank] None [blank] None [blank] Auto On (Switch Ch. 1) [blank] 120/277VAC [blank] Standard
D 0-10VDC Dimming ER UL924 Emergency SW2 Auto On (Switch Ch. 2) 347 120/347VAC LT Low temp
output (via chase nipple) Operation SA Manual On (Switch Ch. 1)
DS 0-10VDC Dimming output
(via side slot) SA2 Manual On (Switch Ch. 2)
PA70 Auto On to 70% (Partial On)¹
PA Auto On to 50% (Partial On)¹
1. Requires D or DS option.

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com NPP16_FAMILY IS-NPP16 ER
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 01/18/17 1 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 50 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NPP16 D ER
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

WIRING (Do not wire hot)

T568B pin/pair assignment is recommended for all CAT-5e cables. For Supply Connections, use 14 AWG/90°C, 12 AWG/75°C or larger.

Diagram for non-dimming units Diagram for units with a dimming option (-D or -DS suffix)

BLU (line in)


WHT (neutral) 120 VAC BLK1 (line in)
OR
BLK1 (line in) 277 VAC1 ORN (line in)
1
120 VAC BLU (line out) 0-10 VDC
ORN1 (line in) OR Ballast or
nPP16 277 VAC1 nPP16 D LED Driver
BLU (line in) WHT(neutral) or VIO (low voltage dim out)
BLU (line out) nPP16 DS
LOAD GRY (low voltage common)
CAT-5e CAT-5e
GRN
Note 1
BLK - 120 VAC
ORN - 277 VAC (or 347 VAC if unit has 347 option)

WIRING FOR EMERGENCY (-ER) UNITS


T568B pin/pair assignment is recommended for all CAT-5e cables. Unit powers itself but does not provide any bus power to other connected nLight devices.
For Supply Connections, use 14 AWG/90°C, 12 AWG/75°C or larger.

Diagram for non-dimming units Diagram for units with a dimming option (-D or -DS suffix)
Normal3 Emergency Normal3 Emergency
(sense only) (sense only) EMERGENCY
VIO (low voltage 0-10 VDC
dim out)
Ballast or
GRY (low voltage
common) LED Driver
OPTIONAL (120VAC (120VAC
TEST
YEL Emer. Feed) 120 VAC OPTIONAL
YEL Emer. Feed) 120 VAC
SWITCH RED
(277VAC
Emer. Feed2)
OR TEST
SWITCH
nPP16 D ER RED
(277VAC
Emer. Feed2)
OR

BLK nPP16 ER
277 VAC1
or 277 VAC1
BLK
(Normal Feed)
BLU (Emer. Feed)
(Normal Feed)
nPP16 DS ER BLU (Emer. Feed)

WHT BLU (Switched Out) EMERGENCY WHT BLU (Switched Out)


(Normal Neutral) LOAD (Normal Neutral)

WHT w/ RED (Emer. Neutral) WHT w/ RED (Emer. Neutral)


CAT-5e STRIPE CAT-5e STRIPE
Notes GRN

1. Connect to 120VAC or 277VAC feed ONLY. Cap off unused wire.


2. For 347V product, Red wire is 347VAC Emer. Feed
3. Normal Sense input: 120-277VAC. For 347V product: 120-347VAC

GENERAL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS


• Mount through a ½” knockout in any junction box or luminaire. Secure with lock nut.
• Following above wiring diagram, connect wires to line voltage feed(s), neutral(s), and load.
• If applicable, connect low voltage violet and gray dimming wires to 0-10 VDC ballast/driver and BUTTON

green wire to an approved ground connection. Note: wires have 600V rated insulation. RJ-45 PORTS

• Interconnect unit (via RJ-45 ports) with other nLight devices in lighting zone using CAT-5e cables. LED

ADDITIONAL EMERGENCY (-ER) INSTRUCTIONS


PUSH-BUTTON TESTING:
As long as the relay is in the open (lights off) position and normal power is present, you are able to simulate normal power being lost by pressing and releasing the unit’s
push-button one time. After a few seconds the relay will close for 4 seconds, then open back up and return to normal operation. A separate push-button test switch (not
included) can also be wired in as shown in above diagrams.
INTERFACING WITH A FIRE ALARM PANEL:
7RꢀLQWHUIDFHꢀXQLWꢀWRꢀDꢀƓUHꢀDODUPꢀV\VWHPꢀVXFKꢀWKDWꢀWKHꢀUHOD\ꢀLVꢀRYHUULGHQꢀFORVHGꢀꢁOLJKWVꢀRQꢂꢀXSRQꢀDFWLYDWLRQꢀRIꢀWKHꢀƓUHꢀDODUPꢀV\VWHPꢃꢀWKHꢀƓUHꢀDODUPꢀV\VWHPꢀPXVWꢀSURYLGHꢀDꢀ
QRUPDOO\ꢀFORVHGꢀUHOD\ꢀZKLFKꢀRSHQVꢀZKHQꢀWKHꢀƓUHꢀDODUPꢀV\VWHPꢀLVꢀDFWLYDWHGꢄꢀꢀ7KLVꢀUHOD\ꢀPXVWꢀEHꢀSXWꢀLQꢀVHULHVꢀZLWKꢀWKHꢀ%ODFNꢀSRZHUꢀVHQVHꢀOLQHꢀRQꢀWKHꢀQ33ꢅꢆꢀ(5ꢄꢀꢀ:KHQꢀWKHꢀ
QRUPDOO\ꢀFORVHGꢀUHOD\ꢀRSHQVꢃꢀWKHꢀQ33ꢅꢆꢀ(5ꢀZLOOꢀFORVHꢀLWVꢀUHOD\ꢀWRꢀSURYLGHꢀHJUHVVꢀOLJKWLQJꢀZKHQꢀWKHꢀƓUHꢀDODUPꢀV\VWHPꢀLVꢀDFWLYDWHGꢄ

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com NPP16_FAMILY IS-NPP16 ER
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 01/18/17 2 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 51 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NPP16 D ER
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS
When using electrical equipment, basic safety precautions should always be followed
including the following:

READ AND FOLLOW ALL SAFETY


INSTRUCTIONS.
• Do not use outdoors.

• Do not mount near gas or electric heaters.

• Equipment should be mounted in locations and at heights where it will not be subjected to
tampering by unauthorized personnel.

• The use of accessory equipment not recommended by the manufacturer may cause an
unsafe condition.

• Turn power off, both normal and emergency sources before installation/servicing any
equipment connected to this unit.

• Do not use this equipment for other than its intended use.

• All servicing should be performed by qualified personnel.

SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com NPP16_FAMILY IS-NPP16 ER
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 01/18/17 3 of 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 52 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NPP20 PL
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

Catalog Number: Date: Project:

OVERVIEW
The nLight nPP20 PL power pack extends the power pack family, delivering robust system
performance and design versatility for commercial and industrial control applications. The nPP20
PL is capable of switching loads up to 20 Amps for general purpose receptacle load via an internal
latching relay designed with robust protection. This power pack also has two available options
– the base unit powers off of line voltage, but does not provide nLight bus power. An option is
available for a unit that provides bus power – this option (BP) provides up to 40mA from each of
its two RJ-45 ports by transforming Class 1 line voltage (120 VAC) to Class 2 low voltage (15 VDC).
This power is typically utilized by other nLight devices within the power pack’s local control zone;
however, remaining power is also made available over the network for Bridges and devices in
other zones to utilize. Simply add this device into an nLight control zone with an occupancy sensor
and the unit will automatically switch off when the room becomes vacant. Local manual switch
nPP20 PL
and photocell control of receptacles is not typically required, therefore it is disabled by default. Plug Load Control Power
The nPP20 PL’s two RJ-45 connectors make control wiring with standard CAT5e cabling easy and
Pack
clean. For simplifying installation, the nPP20 PL is designed with an elongated chase nipple that
allows them to be attached directly through a ½” knockout into a junction box.

FEATURES
• Communicates w/ nLight Network
• Self-Contained Relay Switches Line Voltage Load
• BP Option Supplies 40mA of Bus Power / RJ-45 port
• Remotely Configurable/Upgradeable
• Push-Button Programmable
• Configurable Relay Logic
• Extended Chase Nipple
SPECIFICATIONS
Size:
(not including ½” chase nipple) 3.38” H x 2.53” W x 1.83” D
(8.59 cm x 6.43 cm x 4.65 cm)
Weight: 6 oz
Mounting: 1/2” Knockout

Color: Blue
nLight Network Ports: 2 RJ-45
Operating Voltage: 120VAC
Max Receptacle Load: 20A @ 120VAC - General Purpose per UL testing
Relay Type: Latching
Frequency: 50/60Hz
BusOutput Current/Voltage: (BP option only) 40mA / port @ 15VDC
ROHS Compliant, Title 24 System Component

Warranty
Five-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
Specifications subject to change without notice.

Capable
This item is an A+ capable component, which has been designed and tested to provide out-of-the-box
luminaire compatibility with simple commissioning, when included as part of an A+ Certified™ Solution.
To learn more about A+, visit www.acuitybrands.com/aplus.

ORDERING INFORMATION
nPP20 PL Example: nPP20 PL BP

Series Options Temp/ Humidity

nPP20 PL Plug Load Control [blank] Self-powers only [blank] Standard


Power Pack BP Provides nLight bus power LT Low Temp

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com © 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. 02/13/17 1 of 2

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 53 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: NPP20 PL
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
PLS17-219589

WIRING (DO NOT WIRE HOT)

T568B pin/pair assignment is recommended for all CAT-5e cables. For Supply Connections, use 14 AWG/90°C, 12 AWG/75°C or larger.

WHT (neutral)
BLK (line in)
120 VAC
nPP20 PL
BLU (line in)

BLU (line out)


LOAD
CAT-5e

GENERAL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS


• Mount through a ½” knockout in any junction box or luminaire. Secure with lock nut.
• Following above wiring diagram, connect wires to line voltage feed(s), neutral(s), and load.
• Interconnect unit (via RJ-45 ports) with other nLight devices in lighting zone using CAT-5e BUTTON
cables.
RJ-45 PORTS
LED

nPP20 PL - 911-00104-001

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com © 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. 02/13/17 2 of 2

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 54 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name:
ELS THV Production Renovation NWSX PDT LV DX XX
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes: SPECIFY COLOR
PLS17-219589

Catalog Number: Date: Project:

OVERVIEW
The nWSX LV / nWSX PDT LV series nLight wall switch occupancy sensor provides a simple
control solution for a small room, in particular one utilizing nLight enabled digital luminaires.
Capable of detecting small motion up to 20 ft (6.10 m), this sensor is perfect for private offices,
private rest rooms, copy rooms, closets or any small enclosed space. The nWSX LV uses Passive
Infrared (PIR) detection while the nWSX PDT LV utilizes PIR/Microphonics Dual Technology (PDT).
This stylish sensor can be programmed locally, via the front push-button(s), or remotely via the
nLight SensorView software. The nWSX LV/nWSX PDT LV includes an integrated photocell
(disabled by default).
nWSX LV
FEATURES
• 100% digitial PIR detection, vandal resistant lens standard, includes wall plate (screwless
nWSX PDT LV
sold separate) Low Voltage Wall Switch
• Push-button programmable, adjustable time delays, multiple operating modes Occupancy Sensor
• Multiple nWSX sensors or WallPods can be used in 3 way(or greater) configurations w/o
traveler wires
• Photocell standard (disabled by default) - Not available in night light versions
• Broadcasts occupancy, photocell, and switch information over a local and/or global nLight
channel
• Remotely firmware upgradeable

CONTROL MODES
A control zone with an nWSX LV / nWSX PDT LV can operate in several modes:
1. Auto On / Auto Off (i.e. Fully Automatic)
2. Manual On (initial state) to Override On (with expiration timer)
3. Auto On (initial state) to Override On (with expiration timer)
4. Manual On / Automatic Off (i.e. Semi-Automatic)
5. Manual On (initial state) to Fully Automatic nWSX LV nWSX LV NL nWSX LV DX
6. Predictive Off Switch (returns zone to auto-on unless person remained in room after an off nWSX PDT LV nWSX PDT LV NL nWSX PDT LV DX
switch press)
*See MLO operation chart on page 2.
SPECIFICATIONS
Size: 2.74” H x 1.68” W x 1.63” D
Weight: 5 oz
Mounting: Single gang switch box or low voltage ring
Bus power consumption: < 3mA
Wires: None
RoHS Compliant, Title 24 component
Warranty
Five-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
Specifications subject to change without notice.

Capable
This item is an A+ capable component, which has been designed and tested to provide out-of-the-box
luminaire compatibility with simple commissioning, when included as part of an A+ Certified™ Solution.
To learn more about A+, visit www.acuitybrands.com/aplus.

ORDERING INFORMATION
nWSX Example: nWSX LV WH LT
XX-Specify
Series Night Light or Dimming Color Temp/Humidity

nWSX LV Passive Infrared [blank] None WH White [blank] Standard


nWSX PDT LV Dual Technology NL Integrated night light IV Ivory LT Low temp
DX Raise/Lower dim control GY Gray
AL Lt. Almond

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com © 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. 02/13/17 1 of 2

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 55 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name:
ELS THV Production Renovation NWSX PDT LV DX XX
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes: SPECIFY COLOR
PLS17-219589

COVERAGE PATTERN
• Small Motion (e.g. hand movements) detection up to 20 ft (6.10 m)
• Large motion (e.g. walking) detection greater than 36 ft (10.97 m)
• Wall to Wall Coverage
• Passive Dual Technology (Microphonics) provides overlapping detection of
human activity over the complete PIR coverage area. Advanced filtering is
utilized to prevent non-occupant noises from keeping the lights on.
SIDE VIEW
1.2 m
4 ft

0m 3 6 9 12
0 ft 9 18 27 36
Small motion
detection to ~20 ft
Large motion detection to >36 ft

TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS


Sensor power is provided via the CAT-5e connection to an nLight power pack/supply, nLight enabled digital luminaire, or nLight Bridge. T568B
pin/pair assignments is recommended for CAT-5e cables.

SINGLE LOAD SWITCHING 3-WAY SWITCHING AND DIMMING CONTROL


BLU (line in)
120 VAC BLK1 (line in)
BLK - 120 V OR
277 VAC1 ORN (line in)
1
BLU (line out) 0-10 VDC
ORN - 277 V Ballast or
nPP16 nPP16 D LED Driver
WHT(neutral) or VIO (low voltage dim out)
nPP16 DS
CAT-5 CAT-5 CAT-5
GRY (low voltage common)
LOAD GRN

CAT-5
To other nLight devices (optional) CAT-5
To other nLight
devices (optional)

BI-LEVEL SWITCHING USING MULTI-LEVEL OPERATING MODE WIRING to nLIGHT ENABLED DIGITAL LUMINAIRE (e.g. RTLED)
(MLO)
BLK - 120 V
ORN - 277 V
nPP16 CAT-5

CAT-5
LOAD A

CAT-5
To other nLight devices (optional)
BLK - 120 V
CAT-5
nPP16
ORN - 277 V NOTES:
• nLight enabled fixture must have nIO LEDG/nIO EZ PH for
To other nLight LOAD B
standalone operation
devices (optional) • Luminaires with nIO LEDG ER/nIO EZ PH ER require bus power from
another device
• Provides on/off and continuous raise/lower dimming operation by
default. For bi-level operation only program nWSX LV / nWSX PDT LV
MLO OPERATIONAL MODES for Multi-Level Operating Mode (MLO)
Additionally, an nWSX LV / nWSX PDT LV can be set to function in 2 State (Bi-Level) 2 State - Alternating 3 State Sequence
Multi-Level Operating Mode (MLO) which enables the user to select Sequence Sequence
from multiple on/off lighting states using just the unit’s single on/off Button
button. This mode is designed specifically for bi-level applications and Load A Load B Load A Load B Load A Load B
Press #
eliminates user confusion created when wall stations have multiple
buttons. Several different transition sequences are available in order 1 On Off On Off On Off
to comply with energy codes or user preference. Depending on the
sequence selected and initial lighting state, every subsequent button 2 On On Off On Off On
push steps through states according to below table. MLO sequences
are also available that enable high/low or low/high step operation via 3 Off Off Off Off On On
any nLight dimming output. 4 Off Off

nWSX (PDT) LV - TN-408-01

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com © 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. 02/13/17 2 of 2

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 56 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name:
ELS THV Production Renovation WSX PDT D XX
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes: SPECIFY COLOR
PLS17-219589

Catalog Number: Date: Project:

OVERVIEW
The WSX family of wall switch occupancy sensors provides simple and cost effective solutions for
commercial and residential lighting control applications. All WSX family sensors have a stylish low
SURƓOHꢀDSSHDUDQFHꢁꢀVRIWꢂFOLFNꢀEXWWRQVꢁꢀDQGꢀSURYLGHꢀVPDOOꢀPRWLRQꢀGHWHFWLRQꢀXSꢀWRꢀꢃꢄꢀIWꢀꢅꢆꢇꢈꢄꢀPꢉꢁꢀPDNLQJꢀ
WKHPꢀSHUIHFWꢀIRUꢀSULYDWHꢀRIƓFHVꢁꢀSULYDWHꢀUHVWꢀURRPVꢁꢀFORVHWVꢁꢀFRS\ꢀURRPVꢁꢀRUꢀDQ\ꢀRWKHUꢀVPDOOꢀHQFORVHGꢀ
VSDFHꢇꢀ$GGLWLRQDOO\ꢁꢀDOOꢀ:6;ꢀIDPLO\ꢀVHQVRUVꢀKDYHꢀDꢀSDWHQWꢂSHQGLQJꢀZLULQJꢀPHWKRGꢀWKDWꢀHQDEOHVꢀWKHPꢀWRꢀ
IXQFWLRQꢀHLWKHUꢀZLWKꢀRUꢀZLWKRXWꢀDꢀQHXWUDOꢀFRQQHFWLRQꢇꢀ:6;ꢀXQLWVꢀFRPHꢀSUHꢂFRQƓJXUHGꢀIRUꢀZLULQJꢀZLWKRXWꢀ
DꢀQHXWUDOꢁꢀKRZHYHUꢀLIꢀFRQQHFWLRQꢀWRꢀQHXWUDOꢀLVꢀUHTXLUHGꢀE\ꢀFRGHꢁꢀFRQWUDFWRUVꢀFDQꢀFRQYHUWꢀWKHꢀXQLWꢀLQꢀ
seconds.

SPECIFICATIONS
WSX D
Dimming Occupancy Wall
Size: ꢃꢇꢊꢋŐꢀ+ꢀ[ꢀꢈꢇꢆꢌŐꢀ:ꢀ[ꢀꢈꢇꢆꢍŐꢀ'ꢀꢅꢆꢇꢎꢆꢀFPꢀ[ꢀꢋꢇꢃꢊꢀFPꢀ[ꢀꢋꢇꢈꢋꢀFPꢉ Switch
ꢅQRWꢀLQFOXGLQJꢀJURXQGꢀVWUDSꢉ
Weight: 5 oz
Mounting: Single Gang Switch Box
0RXQWLQJꢀ+HLJKWꢏꢀ ꢍꢄꢂꢋꢌꢀLQꢀꢅꢊꢆꢇꢃꢂꢈꢃꢈꢇꢎꢀFPꢉ
Maximum Load/Pole: ꢅ5HOD\ꢉꢀꢌꢄꢄꢀ:ꢀ#ꢀꢈꢃꢄ9$&ꢁꢀꢈꢃꢄꢄꢀ:ꢀ#ꢀꢃꢊꢊ9$&ꢁꢀꢈꢐꢄꢄꢀ:ꢀ#ꢀꢍꢋꢊ9$&
Minimum Load: None
Motor Load: 1/4 HP
0D[ꢀ6LQNꢀ&XUUHQWꢏꢀ ꢐꢄꢀP$
ꢄꢂꢈꢄ9ꢀ'LPꢀ0LQꢀ2XWSXWꢏꢀ ꢑꢄꢇꢍꢀ9
)UHTXHQF\ꢏꢀ ꢐꢄꢒꢆꢄꢀ+]ꢀꢅWLPHUVꢀDUHꢀꢈꢇꢃ[ꢀIRUꢀꢐꢄ+]ꢉ
ROHS Compliant

Warranty
5-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
ZZZꢇDFXLW\EUDQGVꢇFRPꢒ&XVWRPHU5HVRXUFHVꢒ7HUPVBDQGBFRQGLWLRQVꢇDVS[
Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
6SHFLƓFDWLRQVꢀVXEMHFWꢀWRꢀFKDQJHꢀZLWKRXWꢀQRWLFHꢇ

ORDERING INFORMATION
WSX D Example: WSX PDTD 347 WH 8H

Series Detection Mode eldoLED Dimming Operating Mode

WSX Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor [blank] Passive Infrared (PIR) [blank] None D Dimming [blank] Automatic On
PDT Dual Technology EZ1 eldoLED Driver Compatibility SA Manual On
VA Vacancy

WSX D (Continued) Example: WSX PDTD


Example: WSX347 WHWH
2P NL 8H

Voltage Color3 Max Dim Level5 Min Dim Level5

[blank] 120/277 VAC WH White AL Almond [blank] 10 VDC [blank] 0 VDC 4V 4 VDC
3472 347 VAC IV Ivory BK Black 9H 9 VDC 1V 1 VDC 5V 5 VDC
GY Gray RD4 Red Specify 8H 8 VDC 2V 2 VDC 6V 6 VDC
7H 7 VDC 3V 3 VDC

NOTES:
1. 0D[ꢀ'LPꢀ/HYHOꢀGHIDXOWꢀVHWꢀWRꢀꢎꢇꢈ9'&ꢇꢀꢀ0LQꢀ'LPꢀ/HYHOꢀGHIDXOWꢀVHWꢀWRꢀꢈꢇꢐ9'&
2. :DOOꢀSODWHGꢀLQFOXGHGꢀIRUꢀZKLWHꢀRUꢀLYRU\ꢀRQO\ꢀIRUꢀꢍꢋꢊꢀ9$&ꢀXQLWV
3. 0DWFKLQJꢀZDOOꢀSODWHꢀSURYLGHGꢀIRUꢀꢈꢃꢄꢒꢃꢊꢊꢀ9$&ꢀXQLWV
4. Special order
5. For setting other than default, minimum order quantity of 30 units

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com WSX D
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 02/02/17 1 of 4

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 57 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name:
ELS THV Production Renovation WSX PDT D XX
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes: SPECIFY COLOR
PLS17-219589

COVERAGE PATTERNS
• Small motion (e.g. hand movements) detection up to 20 ft (6.10 m), ~625 ft2 20 6 Small TOP VIEW
• Large motion (e.g. walking) detection greater than 36 ft (10.97 m), ~2025 ft2 motion
detection

• Wall-to-wall PIR coverage


to ~20 ft

• Units with -PDT (Passive Dual Technology) option


(also called Microphonics) provide overlapping SIDE VIEW 10 3

detection of human activity over the complete 1.2 m


PIR coverage area. Advanced filtering is utilized 4 ft
to prevent non-occupant noises from keeping the 0 m 3 6 9 12
ft 0 m
012 9 6 3 0m 3 6 9 12
0 ft 9 18 27 36
lights on. Small motion 36 30 20 10 0 ft 10 20 30 36
detection to ~20 ft Small motion ~40 ft coverage
Large motion detection to >36 ft

CONVERSION FROM GROUND ONLY (NO NEUTRAL) TO NEUTRAL WIRING


This product is pre-configured for wiring without a neutral; however, if connection to neutral is required by code, the unit easily converts in seconds.

Step 1: Step 2: Step 3:


Remove Yellow Loosen Screws and Connect Neutral to
Label Remove Metal Silver Screw and
Link Ground to Green
Screw

WIRING TO GROUND (NO NEUTRAL) WIRING TO NEUTRAL

WIRE COLOR KEY


120/277 VAC WIRING
H N N H N
REMOVE
IF CONN
MET
AL LINK
ECTINGO
NEUTRAL T
GND BLACK* - Line 1 Input
}
*BLACK wires
BLACK* - Load 1 Output can be reversed
GND

VIOLET - Low Voltage Dim Output (0-10 VDC)


BLK GRAY - Low Voltage Common BLK
LOAD LOAD
BLK 347 VAC WIRING (-347 Option) BLK
VIO (+) Red wires replace Black wires. VIO (+)
GRY (-) DIMMING GRY (-) DIMMING

NOTES:
1.) Per NEC requirements, the 0-10V violet and gray wires must be installed as Class One.
2.) The 0-10V control wires must not exceed 250 ft (76 m) in length and must be sized at no less than 20AWG.

Adaptive Daylight Harvesting (ADH)


With Sensor Switch’s Adaptive Daylight Harvesting (ADH), automatic dimming has never been AMPLE DAYLIGHT
more reliable - even in a wall switch. It works by establishing two state change set-points; daylight
and darkness. The light level in the space will then be automatically maintained by intelligently DAYLIGHT SET-POINT
controlling the dim level of the electric light source. Set-points can be established using the “Set
Now” option or programmed using desired light levels as measured in foot candles (fc).
DARKNESS SET-POINT

NO DAYLIGHT

/ KEY LIGHTS FULL ON LIGHTS FULL DIM

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com WSX D
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 02/02/17 2 of 4

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 58 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name:
ELS THV Production Renovation WSX PDT D XX
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes: SPECIFY COLOR
PLS17-219589

OPERATIONAL SETTINGS
2 = Occupancy Time Delay 6 = Daylight Set-Point
The length of time an occupancy sensor will keep the lights on after it last detects The ambient light level at which the sensor sets the lights to the Low Trim setting. 14 = Manual On Grace Period
occupancy. 1 - Set Now** 5 - 8 fc 9 - 48 fc 13 - 128 fc Time period after lights automatically turn off that they can be reactivated by
1 - Test Mode** 5 - 7.5 min 9 - 17.5 min 13 - 27.5 min motion. Applicable only when sensor is in Manual On (Semi Auto) mode.
2 - 0.1 fc 6 - 16 fc 10 - 64 fc* 14- 192 fc 1 - 0 sec 3 - 15 sec*
2 - 30 sec 6 - 10.0 min* 10 - 20.0 min 14 - 30.0 min
3 - 1 fc 7 - 24 fc 11 - 80 fc 15 - 256 fc
3 - 2.5 min 7 - 12.5 min 11 - 22.5 min
4 - 4 fc 8 - 32 fc 12 - 96 fc
4 - 5.0 min 8 - 15.0 min 12 - 25.0 min
**Set Now will automatically select the Daylight Set-Point based on the current
15 = Dimming Range Max (High Trim)
The maximum output level of the sensor.
**Test mode sets Occupancy Time Delay to 30 seconds, and increases photocell conditions in the room. Lights will go to full dim and sensor will rapid flash for 15
transition rate in addition to disabling the microphone on units with Dual seconds allowing occupant to move out of direct view of sensor. Once the set-point 1 - 0 VDC 5 - 3 VDC 9 - 7 VDC 13 - 10 VDC*
Technology. selection is completed, the sensor will double-blink in confirmation. 2 - 1 VDC 6 - 4 VDC 10 - 8 VDC

3 = On Mode 7 = Photocell Mode 3 - 1.5 VDC 7 - 5 VDC 11 - 9 VDC


Automatic On 1 Inhibit Only
4 - 2 VDC 8 - 6 VDC 12 - 9.1 VDC**
Sensor automatically turns the lights on when it detects occupancy. Prevents lights from automatically coming on when light level is above the Inhibit
Set-Point. **Default for EZ option
Manual On
Sensor requires pressing the button to turn the lights on. Adaptive Daylight Harvesting
Reduced Turn-On Dims lights from high trim to low trim setting according to Darkness and Daylight 16 = Dimming Range Min (Low Trim)
Sensor is set to initially only detect large motions, effectively ignoring any reflected set-points. The minimum output level of the sensor.
Passive Infrared (PIR) signals. Occupants will still be detected immediately when 1 - 0 VDC 5 - 3 VDC 9 - 7 VDC 13 - 10 VDC
1 - Disabled* 3 - Adaptive Daylight Harvesting
they enter the room as their PIR signal is large. Once lights are on, the sensor
returns to maximum sensitivity. 2 - 1 VDC* 6 - 4 VDC 10 - 8 VDC
2 - Inhibit Only
1 - Automatic On* 3 - Reduced Turn-On 3 - 1.5 VDC** 7 - 5 VDC 11 - 9 VDC
2 - Manual On 8 = Dim to Off Occupancy Time Delay 4 - 2 VDC 8 - 6 VDC 12 - 9.1 VDC
After the Occupancy Time Delay (Function 2) has expired, this setting specifies the
amount of time lights are held at Low Trim (Function 16) before turning off. **Default for EZ option
4 = Switch Modes 1 - 0 sec* 5 - 7.5 min 9 - 17.5 min
Switch Enable (Override Off) 1

Button will turn lights off and keep them off until pressed again. The lights will 2 - 30 sec 6 - 10 min 10 - 20 min 17 = Predictive Exit Time
remain off until the button is pressed again, restoring the sensor to Automatic On Time period after manually switching lights off for occupant to leave the space.
mode. 3 - 2.5 min 7 - 12.5 min 11 - Stays at dim (never off) Applicable only when sensor is in Predictive Off mode.
Switch Disable 1 - 5 sec 4 - 8 sec 7 - 15 sec
4 - 5 min 8 - 15 min
User is prevented from turning off the lights via the push-button. 2 - 6 sec 5 - 9 sec 8 - 20 sec
Predictive Mode
Pressing the push-button switch overrides the lights off and temporarily disables 9 = Restore Defaults 3 - 7 sec 6 - 10 sec* 9 - 30 sec
the occupancy detection. After 10 seconds, the occupancy detection reactivates Returns all functions to original settings.
and monitors for an additional 30 seconds. If no occupancy is detected during this
1 - Maintain Current*
period, the sensor will revert to Automatic On operation. If occupancy is detected, 18 = Predictive Grace Time
the sensor will remain in Override Off mode and requires the switch to be pressed 2 - Restore Defaults Time period after Predictive Exit Time that sensor rescans the room for remaining
again in order to restore the sensor to Automatic On. occupants. Applicable only when sensor is in Predictive Off mode.
Predictive Mode with Expiration 1 - 0 sec 4 - 20 sec 7 - 50 sec
Pressing the push-button switch overrides the lights off and temporarily disables
10 = Minimum On Time
Required initial time for lamps to be on after each switch on, regardless of 2 - 5 sec 5 - 30 sec* 8 - 60 sec
the occupancy detection. After 10 seconds, the occupancy detection reactivates
occupancy status. Once met, lights resume following occupancy time delay.
and monitors for an additional 30 seconds. If no occupancy is detected during this
period, the sensor will revert to Automatic On operation. 1 - 0 min (disabled)* 4 - 45 min 3 - 10 sec 6 - 40 sec
1 - Switch Enable 3 - Predictive Mode 2 - 15 min 5 - 60 min
2 - Switch Disable 4 - Predictive Mode with Expiration* 3 - 30 min 19 = Fade On Rate
Time required for light to reach preset level.
5 = Darkness Set-Point/ Inhibit Set-Point 1 - 0.75 sec* 3 - 5 sec
The ambient light level at which the sensor sets the lights to the High Trim setting. 11 = LED Operation
Indicates behavior of device’s LED. 2 - 2.5 sec 4 - 15 sec
1 - Set Now** 5 - 8 fc 9 - 48 fc 13 - 128 fc
1 - Occupancy Indication*
2 - 0.1 fc 6 - 16 fc 10 - 64 fc 14- 192 fc
2 - Disabled 20 = Fade Off Rate
3 - 1 fc 7 - 24 fc* 11 - 80 fc 15 - 256 fc Time required for light to turn Off.
1 - 0.75 sec 3 - 5 sec
4 - 4 fc 8 - 32 fc 12 - 96 fc 12 = Dual Technology (Microphonics™)
The secondary method of occupancy detection that allows the sensor to hear 2 - 2.5 sec* 4 - 15 sec
**Set Now will automatically select the Darkness Set-Point based on the current
occupants.
conditions in the room. Lights will go to full bright and sensor will rapid flash for
1 - Normal* 4 - Low
15 seconds allowing occupant to move out of direct view of sensor. Once the set-
point selection is completed, the sensor will double-blink in confirmation. 2 - Off 5 - Phase Off (15-10-5 min)
21 = Start Level
Level of light output when occupancy is initially detected. Not applicable in
3 - Medium Automatic Dimming Control (ADH) mode.
1 - 10% 4 - 40% 7 - 70% 10 - 100%*

2 - 20% 5 - 50% 8 - 80%


13 = Microphone Grace Period
Time period after lights are automatically turned off that they can be voice 3 - 30% 6 - 60% 9 - 90%
reactivated.
1 - 0 sec 5 - 40 sec

2 - 10 sec* 6 - 50 sec

3 - 20 sec 7 - 60 sec

4 - 30 sec

* Default Setting
1. Not Applicable with Vacancy (VA) Option

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com WSX D
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 02/02/17 3 of 4

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 59 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: WSX PDT D XX
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes: SPECIFY COLOR
PLS17-219589

PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS
Operational settings can be changed via the push-button sequence outlined below (note the example used is for changing occupancy time delay).

1. 2. e.g., press 2x for


3. 4.
Start Time Occupancy Time Test
Level Delay On Mode
Fade
Mode
Switch
Delay 30 sec
On Modes
2x 3x
20x 21x
Rate
Pred
Darkness 14x 1x 2x 2.5 min
Grace 19x 4x Set-Point
13x
18x 5x While LED 3x
Pred
Daylight 12x
17x 6x Set-Point flashes
Exit
4x 5.0 min
Low 16x 7x Photocell back current 11x
Trim
15x 8x
Mode
setting 10x... 5x
PRESS BUTTON
Dim to
10x PRESS BUTTON 7.5 min
High 14x 9x 6x
Trim
13x 10x
Off
9x
Man 12x 11x Defaults e.g., 6 flashes is default 8x 7x
On
Grace Mic
10.0 min
Grace Dual
10 min time delay
LED
Tech Operation

e.g., press 5x
to change
to 7.5 min

5. 6. Fade
Start
Level
Time
Delay On
Mode
Switch
7.
On Modes
2x 3x
20x 21x
Rate
Darkness
Pred
Grace 19x 4x Set-Point
18x 5x Daylight
Pred PROGRAMMING
While LED Exit 17x 6x Set-Point LED FLASHES
flashes back new Low 16x 7x Photocell CONFIRMATION
Mode
Trim
setting 10x... 15x PRESS BUTTON 8x TWICE
High 14x 9x Dim to
Off
COMPLETE
Trim
13x 10x
Man 12x 11x Defaults
e.g., 5 flashes On
Grace Mic
confirms new Grace Dual LED
Tech Operation e.g., press 2x (for Occupancy
7.5 min time
Time Delay) to save and exit
delay setting

Acuity Brands | One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.535.2465 www.acuitycontrols.com WSX D
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 02/02/17 4 of 4

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW Page 60 of 110 01/08/2018

Submittal No. .001


Edwards Lifesciences THV Production Cleanroom
Irvine, CA
Contract #:
Bergelectric WO #: 117203

Interior Lighting
Specification Section: 26 51 00
January 8, 2018

ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR
Bergelectric Corporation
650 Opper Street
Escondido, CA 92029

GENERAL CONTRACTOR
Cannon Building
1861 E. Miraloma Ave.
Placentia, CA 92123

ARCHITECT ENGINEER
Ewing Cole Ewing Cole
15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite #200 15231 Laguna Canyon Road, Suite #200
Irvine, CA 92618 Irvine, CA 92618

For Review and Approval Stamping

650 Opper Street, Escondido, CA 92029 - Tel (760) 746.1003 Fax (760) 741.0918 - License No. C10-85046
C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW Page 61 of 110 01/08/2018

Submittal No. .001


Edwards Lifesciences THV Production Cleanroom
Irvine, CA
Contract #:
Bergelectric WO #: 117203

LIST OF REQUIRED SUBMITTALS


Interior Lighting
Specification Section: 26 51 00

Submitted Submitted Future


Section Para. No. Item Description Herein Previously Submittal

56-51-00 Interior Lighting X


X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

Product Data = P. Data Shop Drawings = Dwgs. Test Reports = T. Rpts.

DNA = Does not apply to this project


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW Page 62 of 110 01/08/2018

Submittal No. .001


Edwards Lifesciences THV Production Cleanroom
Irvine, CA
Contract #:
Bergelectric WO #: 117203

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Interior Lighting
Specification Section: 26 51 00

Section Para. No. Item Description TAB #

56-51-00 0 Interior Lighting 1


0 0 0 2
0 0 0 3
0 0 0 4
0 0 0 5
0 0 0 6
0 0 0 7
0 0 0 8
0 0 0 9
0 0 0 10
0 0 0 11
0 0 0 12
0 0 0 13
0 0 0 14
It is hereby certified that the (material) (equipment) (article) shown and/or marked in these submittals,
shop drawings, catalog cut(s), etc. is proposed to be incorporated with Contract No. is in complete
compliance with Contract Drawings and Specifications, and can be installed in the allocated spaces.

NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR: Bergelectric Corporation


AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE: Willie Guillen
TITLE OR POSITION: Project Manager
DATE: 1/8/2018
C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW Page 63 of 110 01/08/2018

Submittal No. .001


Edwards Lifesciences THV Production Cleanroom
Irvine, CA
Contract #:
Bergelectric WO #: 117203

TAB # 1

Interior Lighting

Interior Lighting
Specification Section: 26 51 00
C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW Page 64 of 110 01/08/2018

Lighting Fixture
Submittal

Job Name:
EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES
THV

Prepared For:
BERGELECTRIC

Date:
JANUARY 5, 2018
C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW Page 65 of 110 01/08/2018

Dec 13, 2017

RE: ELS THV Production Renovation


Irvine CA

Type MFG Part


A1 Kenall CSEDI-24-45L40K-DCC-DV-PAF-5H-
SYM
A2 Kenall CSEDI-22-45L40K-DCC-DV-PAF-5H-
SYM
A3 Lithonia IBG 12000LM SEF ACL WD 277 OZ10
40K 80CRI NMSI360D DWH / HBBS36
M50
A4 Lithonia 2VTL4 30L ADP EZ1 LP840
A5 Lithonia 2VTL2 33L ADP EZ1 LP840
C1 Lithonia EVO 40/20 8AR WD LSS 277 EZ1
S1 Lithonia WL4 20L EZ1 LP840 N100 NES7
S2 Peerless SQWS LLP 4FT MSL4 80CRI 40K
400LMF DARK ZT 277 SCT C100
T1 Lithonia ZL2N L48 3000LM MDD MVOLT 40K
80CRI WH / HC36
X1 Lithonia LRP W * RMR *** 120/277 ***

FF00010 Performance Lighting Systems Page 1/2


C1727 ELS THV
Type
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
MFG Part
Page 66 of 110 01/08/2018

FF00010 Performance Lighting Systems Page 2/2


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 67 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: CSEDI-24-45L40K-DCC-DV-PAF-5H-
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
SYM
Notes:
A1
PLS17-219589

PROJECT INFORMATION

SIMPLESEAL™ Job Name

Fixture Type
CSEDI SERIES – LED – INSET DOOR
Catalog Number
PRODUCT FEATURES:
» High-output, high-CRI LED lamp sources for accurate color rendition Approved by
and lighting performance
» Diffused high-efficiency lens for reduced glare
» Recessed ceiling mount; grid or flange - 1'×4' (30.48cm×121.92cm),
2'×2' (60.96cm×60.96cm), 2'×4' (60.96cm×121.92cm)
» Suitable for universal installation into 1.0" (2.54cm) and 1.5" (3.81cm)
grid or flange (drywall) ceilings
» One piece inset doorframe, secured to housing with aircraft cables.

SPECIFICATIONS 1'×4' 2'×2' 2'×4'


HOUSING: 20-gauge CRS. Hole-free, one-piece, seam-welded construction. Integral aluminum heat sink for thermal dissipation. 18-gauge housing flange with mitered and welded corners. White
TGIC polyester powder coat finish – 5-step pre-treatment. Salt spray test: 1,000 hours; Reflectance: 92%.
DOORFRAME: 18-gauge CRS. One-piece inset-style construction with welded corners. Gloss white TGIC polyester powder coat finish with 5-stage pre-treatment. Doorframe secured to housing with
stainless steel aircraft cables and captive, flush-mounted Phillips-head fasteners. Closed-cell silicone gasket seals doorframe to housing.
OPTICS: Symmetric optic includes diffused, impact-resistant acrylic lens.
ELECTRICAL: Available 3500K, 4000K and 5000K color temperatures with maximum 3-step MacAdam variation allowance. 120-277VAC, 50/60Hz electrical input with serviceable high power factor
electronic, constant-current driver (<20% THD, >0.95 PF). Standard 0-10V dimming with 1-100% range; 800μA maximum source current.
INSTALLATION: Non-IC recessed ceiling mounting into grid and flange application types. Flange installation utilizes included adjustable swing-out mounting brackets. Grid installation suitable for
1" (2.54cm) and 1.5" (3.81cm) T-bar ceilings. Universal installation into grid or flange (drywall) ceiling applications. See Options for continuous row mounting and install frames.
PHOTOMETRICS: Photometry tested to the IESNA LM-79-08 standard. For additional photometric data, please go to www.kenall.com
WARRANTY: Limited five (5) year warranty.
LISTINGS: Luminaire is certified to UL standards by Intertek Testing Laboratories for Wet Location. Certified IP65 per IEC 60598. NSF2 Splash/Non-Food Zone. CCEA Approved. Suitable for biosafety
labs rated BSL 1 and 2. Meets K230 Leakage Standard for luminaire leakage in pressurized environments and FED-STD-209E/Class 100 (ISO 5) Cleanrooms.

In Stock SKU
BSL
LED C
IP65 K230 ISO 5
Class 100
CCEA
Approved 1-2 CSEDI-24-90L40K-DCC-DV-5F-2H-SYM

ORDERING INFORMATION (Ex: CSEDI-24-67L40K-DCC-DV-2F-2H-SYM)


Model Size Lamp Type Driver Voltage Doorframe Housing Optics Options
CSEDI DCC DV SYM

Size Lamp Type 2'×4' (60.96cm×121.92cm) Housing Options


14 1'×4' 1'×4' (30.48cm×121.92cm) 45L35KP 45 Watt 3500K LED (82 CRI) 2H 20-Ga CRS (STD)
(30.48cm×121.92cm) 45L35KP 45 Watt 3500K LED (82 CRI) 45L40KP 45 Watt 4000K LED (82 CRI) 5H 20-Ga Type 304 SS
22 2'×2' 45L40KP 45 Watt 4000K LED (82 CRI) 45L50KP 45 Watt 5000K LED (82 CRI) PAH .050" (.13cm) Painted Aluminum
(60.96cm×60.96cm) 45L50KP 45 Watt 5000K LED (82 CRI) 67L35K 67 Watt 3500K LED (82 CRI)
24 2'×4' 67L35K 67 Watt 3500K LED (82 CRI) 67L40K 67 Watt 4000K LED (82 CRI) Optics
(60.96cm×121.92cm) 67L40K 67 Watt 4000K LED (82 CRI) 67L50K 67 Watt 5000K LED (82 CRI) SYM Symmetric, Diffused DR Acrylic
67L50K 67 Watt 5000K LED (82 CRI) 90L35K 90 Watt 3500K LED (82 CRI)
90L35K 90 Watt 3500K LED (82 CRI) 90L40K 90 Watt 4000K LED (82 CRI) Options
90L40K 90 Watt 4000K LED (82 CRI) 90L50K 90 Watt 5000K LED (82 CRI) LEL‡ Emergency Battery Pack (not available with DV Voltage option)
90L50K 90 Watt 5000K LED (82 CRI) 135L35K 135 Watt 3500K LED (82 CRI) 10KV 10KV/KA Surge Protection per
135L40K 135 Watt 4000K LED (82 CRI) IEEE / ANSI C62.41 Cat. A
2'×2' (60.96cm×60.96cm) 135L50K 135 Watt 5000K LED (82 CRI) AMFI Antimicrobial Finish
45L35KP 45 Watt 3500K LED (82 CRI) 180L35K 180 Watt 3500K LED (82 CRI) FS Fuse & Holder
45L40KP 45 Watt 4000K LED (82 CRI) 180L40K 180 Watt 4000K LED (82 CRI) HJ Sealed Wireway
45L50KP 45 Watt 5000K LED (82 CRI) 180L50K 180 Watt 5000K LED (82 CRI) IF*† Install Frame
67L35K 67 Watt 3500K LED (82 CRI) RF• Radio Frequency Filter
67L40K 67 Watt 4000K LED (82 CRI) Driver Type RM† Continuous Row Mounting
67L50K 67 Watt 5000K LED (82 CRI) DCC Dimming Constant Current 2C Two Circuit Wiring
90L35K 90 Watt 3500K LED (82 CRI)
90L40K 90 Watt 4000K LED (82 CRI) Voltage
90L50K 90 Watt 5000K LED (82 CRI) DV 120/277VAC, 50/60Hz
120 120VAC * Add .375" (.95cm) to ceiling cut out dimensions
277 277VAC † Only available when installed in drywall
347 347VAC ceilings (flange mount)
• Voltage specific selection required
Doorframe Options ‡ Height of fixture is 5.875" with LEL Option
5F 20-Ga Type 304 SS Brushed I
Applied only to exposed painted surfaces of luminaire
2F 18-Ga CRS (STD) (not available on stainless steel doorframes)
AF Anodized Aluminum P
n/a with 2C Option
PAF Painted Fabricated Aluminum

www.kenall.com P: 800-4-Kenall F: 262-891-9701 10200 55th Street Kenosha, Wisconsin 53144


When you see this image, you will know the Kenall product shown or described is designed and manufactured in the USA with components purchased from US suppliers, and meets the Buy
American requirements under the ARRA. Kenall has not determined the origin of its domestically purchased components or the subcomponents thereof. May be covered by patents found
at www.kenall.com/patents. Content of specification sheets is subject to change; please consult www.kenall.com for current product details. © 2016 Kenall Mfg. Co. All rights reserved.

CSEDI_14_22_24-013117

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 68 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: CSEDI-24-45L40K-DCC-DV-PAF-5H-
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
SYM
Notes:
A1
PLS17-219589

For additional photometry, go to www.kenall.com

SIMPLESEAL™
CSEDI SERIES – TECHNICAL DATA
PERFORMANCE Initial Delivered Lumens

Efficacy Input Power Drive Current Estd. L70


Model Lamp Type @ 25°C (lm/W) (W) (mA) LED Life (Hrs)
45L35K 5,403 110 49 100 80,000
45L40K 5,587 114 49 100 80,000
45L50K 5,970 122 49 100 80,000
67L35K 8,277 115 72 75 80,000
CSEDI14 67L40K 8,559 119 72 75 80,000
67L50K 9,144 127 72 75 80,000
90L35K 10,560 108 98 100 60,000
90L40K 10,920 111 98 100 60,000
90L50K 11,667 119 98 100 60,000
45L35K 5,226 107 49 100 80,000
45L40K 5,404 110 49 100 80,000
45L50K 5,774 118 49 100 80,000
67L35K 8,005 111 72 75 80,000
CSEDI22 67L40K 8,278 115 72 75 80,000
67L50K 8,844 123 72 75 80,000
90L35K 10,286 105 98 100 60,000
90L40K 10,637 109 98 100 60,000
90L50K 11,365 116 98 100 60,000
45L35K 5,160 105 49 100 80,000
45L40K 5,336 109 49 100 80,000
45L50K 5,701 116 49 100 80,000
67L35K 8,537 119 72 75 80,000
67L40K 8,828 123 72 75 80,000
67L50K 9,432 131 72 75 80,000
90L35K 10,970 112 98 100 60,000
CSEDI24 90L40K 11,344 116 98 100 60,000
90L50K 12,120 124 98 100 60,000
135L35K 15,550 106 147 100 60,000
135L40K 16,081 109 147 100 60,000
135L50K 17,181 117 147 100 60,000
180L35K 21,203 108 196 100 60,000
180L40K 21,927 112 196 100 60,000
180L50K 23,427 120 196 100 60,000

Displayed information is for selected luminaires only. Additional wattages and color temperatures are also available.
Visit www.kenall.com for additional information.

www.kenall.com P: 800-4-Kenall F: 262-891-9701 10200 55th Street Kenosha, Wisconsin 53144


When you see this image, you will know the Kenall product shown or described is designed and manufactured in the USA with components purchased from US suppliers, and meets the Buy
American requirements under the ARRA. Kenall has not determined the origin of its domestically purchased components or the subcomponents thereof. May be covered by patents found
at www.kenall.com/patents. Content of specification sheets is subject to change; please consult www.kenall.com for current product details. © 2016 Kenall Mfg. Co. All rights reserved.

CSEDI_14_22_24-013117

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 69 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: CSEDI-24-45L40K-DCC-DV-PAF-5H-
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
SYM
Notes:
A1
PLS17-219589

SIMPLESEAL™
CSEDI SERIES – TECHNICAL DATA
PERFORMANCE
Model: CSEDI14-67L40K-DCC-1-DV-2F-2H Model: CSEDI22-67L40K-DCC-1-DV-2F-2H Model: CSEDI22-90L40K-DCC-1-DV-2F-2H-SYM
3616 3349 4304

2712 2512 3228 2


2
2
1808 1675 2152

904 837 1076

1 1

Maximum Candela = 3616 Located At Horizontal Angle = 15, Vertical Angle = 5 Maximum Candela = 3349 Located At Horizontal Angle = 0, Vertical Angle = 0 Max Candela = 4304 Located At Horizontal Angle = 0, Vertical Angle = 0
1 - Vertical Plane Through Horizontal Angles (15-195) (Through Max. Cd.) 1 - Vertical Plane Through Horizontal Angles (0-180) (Through Max. Cd.) 1 - Vertical Plane Through Horizontal Angles (0 - 180) (Through Max. Cd.)
2 - Horizontal Cone Through Vertical Angle (5) (Through Max. Cd.) 2 - Horizontal Cone Through Vertical Angle (0) (Through Max. Cd.) 2 - Horizontal Cone Through Vertical Angle (0) (Through Max. Cd.)

Model: CSEDI24-67L40K-DCC-1-DV-2F-2H Model: CSEDI24-90L40K-DCC-1-DV-2F-2H Model: CSEDI24-180L40K-DCC-1-DV-2F-2H-SYM


3470 4460 8620

2603 3345 6465 2


2 2
1735 2230 4610

868 1115 2155

1
1

Maximum Candela = 3470 Located At Horizontal Angle = 0, Vertical Angle = 0 Maximum Candela = 4460 Located At Horizontal Angle = 0, Vertical Angle = 0 Max Candela = 8620 Located At Horizontal Angle = 0, Vertical Angle = 5
1 - Vertical Plane Through Horizontal Angles (0-180) (Through Max. Cd.) 1 - Vertical Plane Through Horizontal Angles (0-180) (Through Max. Cd.) 1 - Vertical Plane Through Horizontal Angles (0 - 180) (Through Max. Cd.)
2 - Horizontal Cone Through Vertical Angle (0) (Through Max. Cd.) 2 - Horizontal Cone Through Vertical Angle (0) (Through Max. Cd.) 2 - Horizontal Cone Through Vertical Angle (5) (Through Max. Cd.)

DIMENSIONAL DATA

GASKET PROFILE CROSS SECTION CEILING CUTOUT

Fixture
Housing

Lens Retention A C
Bracket

Lens
D
Inset Doorframe Door B
Gasket

DIMENSIONAL DATA (IN INCHES & CENTIMETERS)


A B C D
12×48 4.20 11.75 × 47.75 10.85 46.85
30.48cm×121.92cm 10.67 29.85 × 121.29 27.56 119.00
24×24 4.20 23.75 × 23.75 22.85 22.85
60.96cm×60.96cm 10.67 60.33 × 60.33 58.04 58.04
24×48 4.20 23.75 × 47.75 22.85 46.85
60.96cm×121.92cm 10.67 60.33 × 121.29 58.04 119.00
* Add .375" (.95cm) to ceiling cut out dimensions when IF Option is specified
** Height is 5.875" (15 cm) with LEL option

www.kenall.com P: 800-4-Kenall F: 262-891-9701 10200 55th Street Kenosha, Wisconsin 53144


When you see this image, you will know the Kenall product shown or described is designed and manufactured in the USA with components purchased from US suppliers, and meets the Buy
American requirements under the ARRA. Kenall has not determined the origin of its domestically purchased components or the subcomponents thereof. May be covered by patents found
at www.kenall.com/patents. Content of specification sheets is subject to change; please consult www.kenall.com for current product details. © 2016 Kenall Mfg. Co. All rights reserved.

CSEDI_14_22_24-013117

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 70 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: CSEDI-22-45L40K-DCC-DV-PAF-5H-
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
SYM
Notes:
A2
PLS17-219589

PROJECT INFORMATION

SIMPLESEAL™ Job Name

Fixture Type
CSEDI SERIES – LED – INSET DOOR
Catalog Number
PRODUCT FEATURES:
» High-output, high-CRI LED lamp sources for accurate color rendition Approved by
and lighting performance
» Diffused high-efficiency lens for reduced glare
» Recessed ceiling mount; grid or flange - 1'×4' (30.48cm×121.92cm),
2'×2' (60.96cm×60.96cm), 2'×4' (60.96cm×121.92cm)
» Suitable for universal installation into 1.0" (2.54cm) and 1.5" (3.81cm)
grid or flange (drywall) ceilings
» One piece inset doorframe, secured to housing with aircraft cables.

SPECIFICATIONS 1'×4' 2'×2' 2'×4'


HOUSING: 20-gauge CRS. Hole-free, one-piece, seam-welded construction. Integral aluminum heat sink for thermal dissipation. 18-gauge housing flange with mitered and welded corners. White
TGIC polyester powder coat finish – 5-step pre-treatment. Salt spray test: 1,000 hours; Reflectance: 92%.
DOORFRAME: 18-gauge CRS. One-piece inset-style construction with welded corners. Gloss white TGIC polyester powder coat finish with 5-stage pre-treatment. Doorframe secured to housing with
stainless steel aircraft cables and captive, flush-mounted Phillips-head fasteners. Closed-cell silicone gasket seals doorframe to housing.
OPTICS: Symmetric optic includes diffused, impact-resistant acrylic lens.
ELECTRICAL: Available 3500K, 4000K and 5000K color temperatures with maximum 3-step MacAdam variation allowance. 120-277VAC, 50/60Hz electrical input with serviceable high power factor
electronic, constant-current driver (<20% THD, >0.95 PF). Standard 0-10V dimming with 1-100% range; 800μA maximum source current.
INSTALLATION: Non-IC recessed ceiling mounting into grid and flange application types. Flange installation utilizes included adjustable swing-out mounting brackets. Grid installation suitable for
1" (2.54cm) and 1.5" (3.81cm) T-bar ceilings. Universal installation into grid or flange (drywall) ceiling applications. See Options for continuous row mounting and install frames.
PHOTOMETRICS: Photometry tested to the IESNA LM-79-08 standard. For additional photometric data, please go to www.kenall.com
WARRANTY: Limited five (5) year warranty.
LISTINGS: Luminaire is certified to UL standards by Intertek Testing Laboratories for Wet Location. Certified IP65 per IEC 60598. NSF2 Splash/Non-Food Zone. CCEA Approved. Suitable for biosafety
labs rated BSL 1 and 2. Meets K230 Leakage Standard for luminaire leakage in pressurized environments and FED-STD-209E/Class 100 (ISO 5) Cleanrooms.

In Stock SKU
BSL
LED C
IP65 K230 ISO 5
Class 100
CCEA
Approved 1-2 CSEDI-24-90L40K-DCC-DV-5F-2H-SYM

ORDERING INFORMATION (Ex: CSEDI-24-67L40K-DCC-DV-2F-2H-SYM)


Model Size Lamp Type Driver Voltage Doorframe Housing Optics Options
CSEDI DCC DV SYM

Size Lamp Type 2'×4' (60.96cm×121.92cm) Housing Options


14 1'×4' 1'×4' (30.48cm×121.92cm) 45L35KP 45 Watt 3500K LED (82 CRI) 2H 20-Ga CRS (STD)
(30.48cm×121.92cm) 45L35KP 45 Watt 3500K LED (82 CRI) 45L40KP 45 Watt 4000K LED (82 CRI) 5H 20-Ga Type 304 SS
22 2'×2' 45L40KP 45 Watt 4000K LED (82 CRI) 45L50KP 45 Watt 5000K LED (82 CRI) PAH .050" (.13cm) Painted Aluminum
(60.96cm×60.96cm) 45L50KP 45 Watt 5000K LED (82 CRI) 67L35K 67 Watt 3500K LED (82 CRI)
24 2'×4' 67L35K 67 Watt 3500K LED (82 CRI) 67L40K 67 Watt 4000K LED (82 CRI) Optics
(60.96cm×121.92cm) 67L40K 67 Watt 4000K LED (82 CRI) 67L50K 67 Watt 5000K LED (82 CRI) SYM Symmetric, Diffused DR Acrylic
67L50K 67 Watt 5000K LED (82 CRI) 90L35K 90 Watt 3500K LED (82 CRI)
90L35K 90 Watt 3500K LED (82 CRI) 90L40K 90 Watt 4000K LED (82 CRI) Options
90L40K 90 Watt 4000K LED (82 CRI) 90L50K 90 Watt 5000K LED (82 CRI) LEL‡ Emergency Battery Pack (not available with DV Voltage option)
90L50K 90 Watt 5000K LED (82 CRI) 135L35K 135 Watt 3500K LED (82 CRI) 10KV 10KV/KA Surge Protection per
135L40K 135 Watt 4000K LED (82 CRI) IEEE / ANSI C62.41 Cat. A
2'×2' (60.96cm×60.96cm) 135L50K 135 Watt 5000K LED (82 CRI) AMFI Antimicrobial Finish
45L35KP 45 Watt 3500K LED (82 CRI) 180L35K 180 Watt 3500K LED (82 CRI) FS Fuse & Holder
45L40KP 45 Watt 4000K LED (82 CRI) 180L40K 180 Watt 4000K LED (82 CRI) HJ Sealed Wireway
45L50KP 45 Watt 5000K LED (82 CRI) 180L50K 180 Watt 5000K LED (82 CRI) IF*† Install Frame
67L35K 67 Watt 3500K LED (82 CRI) RF• Radio Frequency Filter
67L40K 67 Watt 4000K LED (82 CRI) Driver Type RM† Continuous Row Mounting
67L50K 67 Watt 5000K LED (82 CRI) DCC Dimming Constant Current 2C Two Circuit Wiring
90L35K 90 Watt 3500K LED (82 CRI)
90L40K 90 Watt 4000K LED (82 CRI) Voltage
90L50K 90 Watt 5000K LED (82 CRI) DV 120/277VAC, 50/60Hz
120 120VAC * Add .375" (.95cm) to ceiling cut out dimensions
277 277VAC † Only available when installed in drywall
347 347VAC ceilings (flange mount)
• Voltage specific selection required
Doorframe Options ‡ Height of fixture is 5.875" with LEL Option
5F 20-Ga Type 304 SS Brushed I
Applied only to exposed painted surfaces of luminaire
2F 18-Ga CRS (STD) (not available on stainless steel doorframes)
AF Anodized Aluminum P
n/a with 2C Option
PAF Painted Fabricated Aluminum

www.kenall.com P: 800-4-Kenall F: 262-891-9701 10200 55th Street Kenosha, Wisconsin 53144


When you see this image, you will know the Kenall product shown or described is designed and manufactured in the USA with components purchased from US suppliers, and meets the Buy
American requirements under the ARRA. Kenall has not determined the origin of its domestically purchased components or the subcomponents thereof. May be covered by patents found
at www.kenall.com/patents. Content of specification sheets is subject to change; please consult www.kenall.com for current product details. © 2016 Kenall Mfg. Co. All rights reserved.

CSEDI_14_22_24-013117

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 71 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: CSEDI-22-45L40K-DCC-DV-PAF-5H-
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
SYM
Notes:
A2
PLS17-219589

For additional photometry, go to www.kenall.com

SIMPLESEAL™
CSEDI SERIES – TECHNICAL DATA
PERFORMANCE Initial Delivered Lumens

Efficacy Input Power Drive Current Estd. L70


Model Lamp Type @ 25°C (lm/W) (W) (mA) LED Life (Hrs)
45L35K 5,403 110 49 100 80,000
45L40K 5,587 114 49 100 80,000
45L50K 5,970 122 49 100 80,000
67L35K 8,277 115 72 75 80,000
CSEDI14 67L40K 8,559 119 72 75 80,000
67L50K 9,144 127 72 75 80,000
90L35K 10,560 108 98 100 60,000
90L40K 10,920 111 98 100 60,000
90L50K 11,667 119 98 100 60,000
45L35K 5,226 107 49 100 80,000
45L40K 5,404 110 49 100 80,000
45L50K 5,774 118 49 100 80,000
67L35K 8,005 111 72 75 80,000
CSEDI22 67L40K 8,278 115 72 75 80,000
67L50K 8,844 123 72 75 80,000
90L35K 10,286 105 98 100 60,000
90L40K 10,637 109 98 100 60,000
90L50K 11,365 116 98 100 60,000
45L35K 5,160 105 49 100 80,000
45L40K 5,336 109 49 100 80,000
45L50K 5,701 116 49 100 80,000
67L35K 8,537 119 72 75 80,000
67L40K 8,828 123 72 75 80,000
67L50K 9,432 131 72 75 80,000
90L35K 10,970 112 98 100 60,000
CSEDI24 90L40K 11,344 116 98 100 60,000
90L50K 12,120 124 98 100 60,000
135L35K 15,550 106 147 100 60,000
135L40K 16,081 109 147 100 60,000
135L50K 17,181 117 147 100 60,000
180L35K 21,203 108 196 100 60,000
180L40K 21,927 112 196 100 60,000
180L50K 23,427 120 196 100 60,000

Displayed information is for selected luminaires only. Additional wattages and color temperatures are also available.
Visit www.kenall.com for additional information.

www.kenall.com P: 800-4-Kenall F: 262-891-9701 10200 55th Street Kenosha, Wisconsin 53144


When you see this image, you will know the Kenall product shown or described is designed and manufactured in the USA with components purchased from US suppliers, and meets the Buy
American requirements under the ARRA. Kenall has not determined the origin of its domestically purchased components or the subcomponents thereof. May be covered by patents found
at www.kenall.com/patents. Content of specification sheets is subject to change; please consult www.kenall.com for current product details. © 2016 Kenall Mfg. Co. All rights reserved.

CSEDI_14_22_24-013117

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 72 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: CSEDI-22-45L40K-DCC-DV-PAF-5H-
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
SYM
Notes:
A2
PLS17-219589

SIMPLESEAL™
CSEDI SERIES – TECHNICAL DATA
PERFORMANCE
Model: CSEDI14-67L40K-DCC-1-DV-2F-2H Model: CSEDI22-67L40K-DCC-1-DV-2F-2H Model: CSEDI22-90L40K-DCC-1-DV-2F-2H-SYM
3616 3349 4304

2712 2512 3228 2


2
2
1808 1675 2152

904 837 1076

1 1

Maximum Candela = 3616 Located At Horizontal Angle = 15, Vertical Angle = 5 Maximum Candela = 3349 Located At Horizontal Angle = 0, Vertical Angle = 0 Max Candela = 4304 Located At Horizontal Angle = 0, Vertical Angle = 0
1 - Vertical Plane Through Horizontal Angles (15-195) (Through Max. Cd.) 1 - Vertical Plane Through Horizontal Angles (0-180) (Through Max. Cd.) 1 - Vertical Plane Through Horizontal Angles (0 - 180) (Through Max. Cd.)
2 - Horizontal Cone Through Vertical Angle (5) (Through Max. Cd.) 2 - Horizontal Cone Through Vertical Angle (0) (Through Max. Cd.) 2 - Horizontal Cone Through Vertical Angle (0) (Through Max. Cd.)

Model: CSEDI24-67L40K-DCC-1-DV-2F-2H Model: CSEDI24-90L40K-DCC-1-DV-2F-2H Model: CSEDI24-180L40K-DCC-1-DV-2F-2H-SYM


3470 4460 8620

2603 3345 6465 2


2 2
1735 2230 4610

868 1115 2155

1
1

Maximum Candela = 3470 Located At Horizontal Angle = 0, Vertical Angle = 0 Maximum Candela = 4460 Located At Horizontal Angle = 0, Vertical Angle = 0 Max Candela = 8620 Located At Horizontal Angle = 0, Vertical Angle = 5
1 - Vertical Plane Through Horizontal Angles (0-180) (Through Max. Cd.) 1 - Vertical Plane Through Horizontal Angles (0-180) (Through Max. Cd.) 1 - Vertical Plane Through Horizontal Angles (0 - 180) (Through Max. Cd.)
2 - Horizontal Cone Through Vertical Angle (0) (Through Max. Cd.) 2 - Horizontal Cone Through Vertical Angle (0) (Through Max. Cd.) 2 - Horizontal Cone Through Vertical Angle (5) (Through Max. Cd.)

DIMENSIONAL DATA

GASKET PROFILE CROSS SECTION CEILING CUTOUT

Fixture
Housing

Lens Retention A C
Bracket

Lens
D
Inset Doorframe Door B
Gasket

DIMENSIONAL DATA (IN INCHES & CENTIMETERS)


A B C D
12×48 4.20 11.75 × 47.75 10.85 46.85
30.48cm×121.92cm 10.67 29.85 × 121.29 27.56 119.00
24×24 4.20 23.75 × 23.75 22.85 22.85
60.96cm×60.96cm 10.67 60.33 × 60.33 58.04 58.04
24×48 4.20 23.75 × 47.75 22.85 46.85
60.96cm×121.92cm 10.67 60.33 × 121.29 58.04 119.00
* Add .375" (.95cm) to ceiling cut out dimensions when IF Option is specified
** Height is 5.875" (15 cm) with LEL option

www.kenall.com P: 800-4-Kenall F: 262-891-9701 10200 55th Street Kenosha, Wisconsin 53144


When you see this image, you will know the Kenall product shown or described is designed and manufactured in the USA with components purchased from US suppliers, and meets the Buy
American requirements under the ARRA. Kenall has not determined the origin of its domestically purchased components or the subcomponents thereof. May be covered by patents found
at www.kenall.com/patents. Content of specification sheets is subject to change; please consult www.kenall.com for current product details. © 2016 Kenall Mfg. Co. All rights reserved.

CSEDI_14_22_24-013117

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog Number:
Page 73 of 110 Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: IBG 12000LM SEF ACL WD 277 OZ10 40K
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
80CRI NMSI360D DWH / HBBS36 M50
Notes:
A3
PLS17-219589

Catalog
Number

Notes

FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS


INTENDED USE — Ideal one-for-one replacement of conventional HID and fluorescent high bay Type
systems. Applications include warehousing, manufacturing, gymnasiums, and other large indoor spaces
with mounting heights up to 60'. Certain airborne contaminants can diminish the integrity of
acrylic and/or polycarbonate. Click here for Acrylic-Polycarbonate Compatibility table for
suitable uses. LED High Bay
CONSTRUCTION — Structural elements such as the channel and end caps are fabricated from
steel for maximum rigidity. Wireguard attachment points provided. For high ambient (HA) option,
lightweight aluminum heat sink designed to perform in ambient temperatures up to 55 ° C for
maximum naturally convective cooling.
OPTICS — General, narrow, wide and focus distributions available to meet both horizontal and
vertical light level requirements. Injection molded refractors for repeatable photometry. Diffuse lens
IBG
standard to provide glare control and LED protection.
ELECTRICAL — L88 at 60,000 hours, L70>100,000 hours. Utilizes a 90°C case temperature driver for
maximum life at high temperatures. 0.90 power factor and 3kA/6kV level of surge protection is standard.
Optional 5kA/10kV surge protection available. Available as 120-277V or 347-480V input.
0-10V dimming standard for a dimming range of 100% to 10%.
WIRELESS NETWORKING — XPoint™ Wireless technology creates a mesh network to ensure
communication between fixtures, sensors and wall stations facility-wide. This option provides superior
lighting management capabilities including granular control, configuration and custom grouping for
increased energy savings.
INSTALLATION — Suitable for suspension by chain, cable, surface-mounting bracket (THUN accessory),
hook monopoint or single (pendant) monopoint. Surface mounting not recommended without optional
surface mounting bracket. To maintain ambient listing, fixture should be mounted at a minimum plenum
height of 18".
LISTINGS — CSA certified to US and Canadian safety standards. Damp location listed. Suitable for
ambient temperatures from -40°F (-40°C) to 113°F (45°C) when suspended 18" from ceiling. High
ambient option available (HA), suitable for ambient temperatures -40°F (-40°C) to131°F (55°C) when
suspended 18" from ceiling. IP5X rated. The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks
owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Acuity Brands is under license. Other
trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.
DesignLights Consortium® (DLC) Premium qualified product and DLC qualified product. Not all versions of
this product may be DLC Premium qualified or DLC qualified. Please check the DLC Qualified Products List
at www.designlights.org/QPL to confirm which versions are qualified.
WARRANTY — 5-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
All values are design or typical values, measured under laboratory conditions at 25 °C.
Specifications subject to change without notice.

Stock configurations are offered for shorter lead times:

Stock Part DLC QPL DLC


Standard Part Number
Number Product ID Premium?
IBG 12000LM SEF AFL GND MVOLT OZ10 40K 80CRI DWH IBG 12L MVOLT PAMMN2VX √
IBG 15000LM SEF AFL GND MVOLT OZ10 40K 80CRI DWH IBG 15L MVOLT P3G6HADN √
IBG 18000LM SEF AFL GND MVOLT OZ10 40K 80CRI DWH IBG 18L MVOLT P851GVEP √
IBG 24000LM SEF AFL GND MVOLT OZ10 40K 80CRI DWH IBG 24L MVOLT PZBJQY5S √
IBG 12000LM SEF AFL GND HVOLT OZ10 40K 80CRI DWH IBG 12L HVOLT PQ5BU878 √
IBG 15000LM SEF AFL GND HVOLT OZ10 40K 80CRI DWH IBG 15L HVOLT PSWUYJP8 √
Capable Luminaire
IBG 18000LM SEF AFL GND HVOLT OZ10 40K 80CRI DWH IBG 18L HVOLT PRVPPS9D √
This item is an A+ capable luminaire, which has been designed and tested to provide
IBG 24000LM SEF AFL GND HVOLT OZ10 40K 80CRI DWH IBG 24L HVOLT P2UE1ZS4 √
consistent color appearance and out-of-the-box control compatibility with simple
IBG 12000LM SEF AFL GND MVOLT OZ10 50K 80CRI DWH IBG 12L MVOLT 5K P7TZZ4ZV √ commissioning.
IBG 15000LM SEF AFL GND MVOLT OZ10 50K 80CRI DWH IBG 15L MVOLT 5K PMXBGZJS √
• All configurations of this luminaire meet the Acuity Brands’ specification for
IBG 18000LM SEF AFL GND MVOLT OZ10 50K 80CRI DWH IBG 18L MVOLT 5K P85EZXU7 √ chromatic consistency
IBG 24000LM SEF AFL GND MVOLT OZ10 50K 80CRI DWH IBG 24L MVOLT 5K PQ5CSK48 √ • This luminaire is part of an A+ Certified solution for nLight® or XPoint™ Wireless
IBG 12000LM SEF AFL GND HVOLT OZ10 50K 80CRI DWH IBG 12L HVOLT 5K PFRXRQKT √ control networks marked by a shaded background*
IBG 15000LM SEF AFL GND HVOLT OZ10 50K 80CRI DWH IBG 15L HVOLT 5K PV4M2BP5 √ To learn more about A+, visit www.acuitybrands.com/aplus.
IBG 18000LM SEF AFL GND HVOLT OZ10 50K 80CRI DWH IBG 18L HVOLT 5K PA36YXUT √
*See ordering tree for details
IBG 24000LM SEF AFL GND HVOLT OZ10 50K 80CRI DWH IBG 24L HVOLT 5K P5H22E5M √

INDUSTRIAL IBG
Page 1 of 11

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog Number:
Page 74 of 110 Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: IBG 12000LM SEF ACL WD 277 OZ10 40K
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
80CRI NMSI360D DWH / HBBS36 M50
Notes:
A3
PLS17-219589

IBG LED High Bay

A+ Capable options indicated


by this color background.

ORDERING INFORMATION Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative. Example: IBG 24000LM SEF AFL GND MVOLT OZ10 40K 80CRI DWH

Performance Color
Series Nominal lumens package Lens Distribution Voltage Driver temperature
IBG 8000LM 8,000 lumens2 30000LM 30,000 lumens SEF Standard AFL Acrylic, frosted WD Wide MVOLT 120-277V OZ10 0-10V 30K 3000 K
IBGN1 12000LM 12,000 lumens 36000LM 36,000 lumens efficiency ACL Clear acrylic GND General HVOLT 347-480V3 dimming2 35K 3500 K
15000LM 15,000 lumens 48000LM 48,000 lumens HEF Premium PCL Clear polycarbonate ND Narrow 120 120V AZ10 0-10V 40K 4000 K
efficiency dimming,
18000LM 18,000 lumens 60000LM 60,000 lumens PFL Semi-diffuse FD Focus 208 208V aux. 50K 5000 K
24000LM 24,000 lumens polycarbonate 240 240V output6
L/LENS Less lens 277 277V
347 347V4
480 480V4,5

Coloring
rendering index Options Finish
70CRI 70 CRI HA High ambient 7
Cord sets: Controls: 20
DNA Natural
80CRI 80 CRI SPD Surge protection device8 CS1W Straight plug, HLN360 Haleon 360° High Mount Occ Sensor, pre-wired; aluminum
90CRI 90 CRI BPK Fixture backpack9 120V17 Bluetooth® DWH Gloss white
PS1050 Emergency battery pack10 CS3W Twist-lock, 120V17 HLN360HL Haleon 360° High Mount Occ Sensor w/HL Default, pre-
CS7W Straight plug, wired; Bluetooth®
PS10250 Emergency battery pack11 HLN360ADC Haleon 360° High Mount Occ Sensor w/ADC Default,
277V17
PS30250 Emergency battery pack12 CS11W Twist-lock, 277V17 pre-wired; Bluetooth®
BGTD Generator transfer CS25W Twist-lock, 347V17 HLN360ANL Haleon 360° High Mount Occ Sensor w/ANL Default,
device13 pre-wired; Bluetooth®
SF Single fuse14 CS97W Twist-lock, 480V17 HLNASL Haleon High Mount Aisleway Occ Sensor, pre-wired;
DF Double fuse15 CS93W 600 SO white Bluetooth®
cord, no plug (no HLNASLHL Haleon High Mount Aisleway Occ Sensor w/HL Default,
OUTCTR Wiring leads pulled voltage required)
through back center of pre-wired; Bluetooth®
fixture16 CS93W5CD 600 SO HLNASLADC Haleon High Mount Aisleway Occ Sensor w/ADC Default,
5-conductor pre-wired; Bluetooth®
OCS RELOC® OnePass® white cord, no
selectable cable 6' HLNASLANL Haleon High Mount Aisleway Occ Sensor w/ANL Default,
plug (no voltage pre-wired; Bluetooth®
installed 17, 18 required)
OCU__ RELOC® OnePass® LAOZU 360° high mount motion sensor, pre-wired
unselectable cable 6' LAH0SZU 360° high mount motion sensor with dimming, pre-wired
installed (must specify
tap position)17 LAPZU 360° high mount motion sensor with photocell, pre-
IMP Integrated modular wired
plug 19 LAM0SZU 360° high mount motion sensor, dimming & switching
RRL_ RELOC®-Ready luminaire. photocell, pre-wired
See page 10 for ordering C6D0SUEM 360° high mount motion sensor, dimming & switching
information photocell capable, pre-wired; UL924 listed21
WGX Standard wire guard, C10D0SUEM 360° low mount motion sensor, dimming & switching
installed photocell capable, pre-wired; UL924 listed21
nPP16D nLight® dimming & switching module22
nPP16DER nLight® dimming & switching module with emergency
relay22
nMSI nLight® high mount aisleway motion sensor, pre-wired22
nMSI360 nLight® 360° high mount motion sensor, pre-wired22
nMSID nLight® high mount aisleway motion sensor with
dimming, pre-wired22
nMSI360D nLight® 360° high mount motion sensor with dimming,
pre-wired22
MSI6XADL DSCXADL XPoint™ Wireless 360° high mount motion sensor with
photocell
XPW XPoint™ Wireless 0-10V relay, external (utilizes XPA
CMRB0) 55°C max ambient
XAD XPoint™ Wireless 0-10V relay, internal, lower max
ambient23

See Accessories and footnotes on next page

IBG

INDUSTRIAL: One Lithonia Way, Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-315-4963 www.lithonia.com © 2016-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 08/17/17
Page 2 of 11

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog Number:
Page 75 of 110 Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: IBG 12000LM SEF ACL WD 277 OZ10 40K
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
80CRI NMSI360D DWH / HBBS36 M50
Notes:
A3
PLS17-219589

IBG LED High Bay

Accessories: Order as separate catalog number.


Mounting: Cord sets and sensors for IMP option: Wire guards:
IBAC120 M20 Aircraft cable 10' with hook (one pair) CS1WIMP Straight plug, 120V WGIBG22 Wire guard for IBG 8000LM; gloss white
IBAC240 M20 Aircraft cable 20' with hook (one pair) CS3WIMP Twist-lock, 120V WGIBG24 Wire guard for IBG 12000/15000LM; gloss white
IBHMP Hook monopoint CS7WIMP Straight plug, 277V WGIBG26 Wire guard for IBG 18000/24000/30000LM;
HBBS36 Chain hanger with chain, 36" (one pair) CS11WIMP Twist-lock, 277V gloss white
IBGACVH Aircraft 10' V hanger (one pair) CS25WIMP Twist-lock 347V WGIBG42 Wire guard for all IBGN lumen packages; gloss
IBGPMPHB Pendant monopoint splice box, includes side CS93WIMP 600V SO white cord, no plug white
covers (3/4" hub) for use with OUTCTR option (no voltage required) WGIBG46 Wire guard for IBG 36000/48000/60000LM;
HC36 Chain hanger and jack chain (pair) CS97WIMP Twist-lock 480V gloss white
THUN Tong hanger bracket (order 2 per fixture)24 MSIIMPIBG Aisle sensor for use with IMP option WGIBG22DNA Wire guard for IBG 8000LM; natural aluminum
MSI360IMPIBG 360° sensor for use with IMP option WGIBG24DNA Wire guard for IBG 12000/15000LM; natural
aluminum
WGIBG26DNA Wire guard for IBG 18000/24000/30000LM;
natural aluminum
WGIBG42DNA Wire guard for all IBGN lumen packages; natural
aluminum
WGIBG46DNA Wire guard for IBG 36000/48000/60000LM;
natural aluminum

Notes 13 Requires BPK option. 120 or 277V only. Not available with PS1050, PS10250, PS30250. Not available with 347 or
1 Available with 18000LM, 24000LM, 30000LM and 36000LM only. 480V when ordered in combination with XAD or XPW. For ambient temperatures up to 113°F (45°C).
2 Not available with Haleon sensor controls options. 14 Available on 120, 277, 347V. Not available with MVOLT or HVOLT.
3 Not available with 8000LM. Not available with BTGD, nPP16D, nPP16DER, PS1050, PS10250, PS30250 or XAD. 15 Available on 208, 240, 480V. Not available with MVOLT or HVOLT.
4 When ordered with 8000LM voltage selected utilizes the fixture back pack. 16 Not available with BPK option. Requires IBGPMPHB accessory to mount fixture. Not available with Cord Set
options.
5 Not available with nPP16D or nPP16DER.
17 Must specify voltage.
6 Only available with Haleon sensor controls options.
18 Cannot be used in dimming applications, must use RRLC12S
7 55 C when suspended, 45 C when surface mounted. Not available with BGTD, PS1050, PS10250, PS30250, XAD,
or XPW. 19 Not available with BPK, nPP16D, nPP16DER, nMSI, nMSI360, PS1050, PS10250, or PS30250.
8 Standard with HVOLT, 347, or 480V - only specify for MVOLT, 120, 208, 240, or 277V. Standard with Motion sen- 20 Must specify voltage. Refer to page 7 for Haleon sensor default settings matrix. Refer to page 9 for additional
sors/controls, BGTD & Power Sentry battery options. LSXR ordering options. Refer to page 10 for additional C6D0SUEM and C10D0SUEM information.
9 Required with PS1050, PS10250, PS30250, BGTD. Required with 8000LM when ordered with 347/480V. 21 Daylight harvesting functionality not enabled by default. See page 10 for default sequence of operation.
Required with Xpoint controls when order with 347/480V. Not available with nLight. Not for use with THUN 22 Not available with 208V, 240V, or 480V.
mount (surface). 23 Not available with HVOLT. When ordered with 347V or 480V, BPK option is required. Not available with HA
10 Requires BPK option. Available 120-277V only. Available with 8000LM only. For ambient temperatures of 32°F option.
to 122°F (0°C to 50°C). Not available with IMP. 24 Maximum ambient temperature of standard fixture mounted with THUN is 95°F (35°C). With HA option 113°F
11 Requires BPK option. Available 120-277V only. Not available with 8000LM. For ambient temperatures of 50°F to (45°C). Not available with MSIIMPIBG or MSI360IMPIBG options.
122°F (10°C to 50°C).Not available with IMP.
12 Requires BPK option. 120 or 277V only. Not available with 8000LM. For ambient temperatures of 32°F to 122°F
(0°C to 50°C). Not available with IMP.

POWER SENTRY EMERGENCY BATTERY PACKS


PS1050: http://www.acuitybrands.com/products/detail/369448/Power-Sentry/PS1050/Reduced-Profile-LED-Emergency-Battery-Pack/-/media/products/Power_Sentry/369448/document/PS1050_pdf.pdf
PS10250: http://www.acuitybrands.com/products/detail/604737/Power-Sentry/PS10250/Emergency-LED-Battery-Backup/-/media/products/Power_Sentry/604737/document/PS10250_pdf.pdf
PS30250: http://www.acuitybrands.com/products/detail/604739/Power-Sentry/PS30250/Emergency-LED-Battery-Backup/-/media/products/Power_Sentry/604739/document/PS30250_pdf.pdf

EMERGENCY LUMENS 5000K 70CRI


Fixture IBG IBGN

Lumen package 8000LM 12000LM - 18000LM - 18000LM -


(PS1050 only) 15000LM 60000LM 36000LM
PS1050/PS10250 1600 1300 1900 1200
PS30250 N/A 4000 2400 3800
Note: For emergency lumen output of specific model, please consult factory.

IBG

INDUSTRIAL: One Lithonia Way, Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-315-4963 www.lithonia.com © 2016-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 08/17/17
Page 3 of 11

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog Number:
Page 76 of 110 Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: IBG 12000LM SEF ACL WD 277 OZ10 40K
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
80CRI NMSI360D DWH / HBBS36 M50
Notes:
A3
PLS17-219589

IBG LED High Bay

DIMENSIONS Weight: (may vary with options or accessories)


8L: 7.75 lbs (3.515Kg)
All dimensions are in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise indicated. 12L/15L: 10.5 lbs (4.762Kg)
Dimensions may vary with options or accessories. 18L/24L/30L: 15.9 lbs (7.212Kg)
18L/24L/30L/36L: 4' Narrow - 16.25 lbs (7.370Kg)
36L/48L/60L: 4' - 6' Mod - 21.75 lbs (9.865Kg)

25.60 25.60
25.60

11.80 25.60 25.60


2.68 15.51 25.60
2.68 20.71
IBG 8000LM 2.68
12.62
16.12
IBG 12000LM 15000LM
2.90 21.42 IBG 18000LM 24000LM 30000LM
2.90
(with wire guard) 2.93
(with wire guard)
(with wire guard)

47.28

11.80 11.80 47.28


47.28
2.68
2.68
IBGN 18000LM IBGN 24000LM 30000LM 36000LM

5.77
BPK OPTION
47.28
5.48

PS30250 OPTION

20.71 47.28

2.68
IBG 36000LM 48000LM 60000LM

IBG

INDUSTRIAL: One Lithonia Way, Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-315-4963 www.lithonia.com © 2016-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 08/17/17
Page 4 of 11

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog Number:
Page 77 of 110 Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: IBG 12000LM SEF ACL WD 277 OZ10 40K
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
80CRI NMSI360D DWH / HBBS36 M50
Notes:
A3
PLS17-219589

IBG LED High Bay


IBG OPERATIONAL DATA

Lumen Efficiency Lens/distribution


package level
Acrylic frosted/ general Clear acrylic/narrow Clear acrylic/wide Clear acrylic/focus
SEF 7594 7145 7384 7364
8000LM
HEF 7842 7378 7625 7604
SEF 11580 10895 11260 11228
12000LM
HEF 11746 11051 11421 11390
SEF 14458 13603 14059 14019
15000LM
HEF 14824 13947 14415 14374
SEF 17329 16303 16850 16803
Delivered 18000LM
lumens HEF 17752 16702 17262 17214
4000K, SEF 23000 21639 22365 22303
80CRI 24000LM
HEF 23612 22215 22960 22896
SEF 27344 25727 26589 26515
30000LM
HEF 29577 27827 28760 28680
SEF 33203 31239 34547 32197
36000LM
HEF 35528 33426 34547 34450
SEF 45973 43253 44704 44579
48000LM
HEF 47254 44458 45949 45821
SEF 55453 52172 53922 53771
60000LM
HEF 57027 53653 55452 55298
SEF 7873 7408 7656 7635
8000LM
HEF 8082 7604 7859 7837
SEF 12006 11296 11674 11642
12000LM
HEF 12106 11390 11771 11739
SEF 14990 14103 14576 14536
15000LM
HEF 15278 14374 14856 14815
SEF 17966 16904 17470 17422
18000LM
HEF 18296 17214 17791 17741
Delivered
lumens SEF 23847 22436 23188 23123
24000LM
5000K, HEF 24366 22896 23664 23598
80CRI
SEF 28351 26674 27568 27491
30000LM
HEF 30483 28680 29641 29559
SEF 34221 32196 35605 33183
36000LM
HEF 36616 34450 35605 35506
SEF 47665 44845 46349 46220
48000LM
HEF 48702 45820 47357 47225
SEF 57494 54093 55906 55751
60000LM
HEF 58774 55297 57151 56992

PHOTOMETRICS
See www.lithonia.com.

IBG

INDUSTRIAL: One Lithonia Way, Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-315-4963 www.lithonia.com © 2016-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 08/17/17
Page 5 of 11

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog Number:
Page 78 of 110 Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: IBG 12000LM SEF ACL WD 277 OZ10 40K
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
80CRI NMSI360D DWH / HBBS36 M50
Notes:
A3
PLS17-219589

IBG LED High Bay


IBG CHARACTERISTICS
Wattage
Length Width Depth
Lumen Standard efficiency High efficiency Comparable
package Light Source
120V 277V 347V 480V 120V 277V 347V 480V Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
8000LM 55 54 58 61 50 49 51 54 25.6 11.75 2.75 100W MH, 4-lamp T8 NBF
12000LM 79 77 77 76 70 69 68 67 25.6 15.52 2.75 175W MH, 4-lamp T8 HBF, 2-lamp T5HO
15000LM 97 95 97 96 87 86 86 86 25.6 15.52 2.75 200W MH, 6-lamp T8 NBF
18000LM 114 112 114 115 102 100 102 103 25.6 20.65 2.75 250W MH, 6-lamp T8 HBF, 4-lamp T5HO
24000LM 154 150 150 150 136 133 135 135 25.6 20.65 2.75 400W MH, 6-lamp T5HO
30000LM 193 186 188 188 176 171 173 173 25.6 20.65 2.75 575W MH, 10-lamp T8 HBF
36000LM 225 221 227 229 200 197 203 206 47.29 20.65 2.75 750W MH, 8-lamp T5HO
48000LM 301 293 301 302 267 261 269 270 47.29 20.65 2.75 875W MH, 10-lamp T5HO
60000LM 385 374 378 377 332 323 330 330 47.29 20.65 2.75 1000W MH

IBGN OPERATIONAL DATA


Lumen Efficiency Lens/distribution
package level
Acrylic frosted/ general Clear acrylic/narrow Clear acrylic/wide Clear acrylic/focus
SEF 17036 16028 16566 16520
18000LM
Delivered HEF 17776 16724 17285 17237
lumens SEF 22727 21383 22100 22038
4000K, 24000LM
80CRI HEF 24123 22696 23457 23392
SEF 28642 26948 27851 27773
30000LM
HEF 29493 27748 28679 28599
SEF 34336 32305 33388 33295
36000LM
HEF 34912 32846 33948 33853
SEF 17663 16618 17175 17128
18000LM
HEF 18320 17237 17814 17765
SEF 23564 22170 22913 22849
Delivered 24000LM
lumens HEF 24862 23391 24176 24108
5000K, SEF 29696 27940 28876 28796
80CRI 30000LM
HEF 30397 28599 29558 29475
SEF 35600 33494 34617 34520
36000LM
HEF 35982 33853 34988 34890

IBGN CHARACTERISTICS
Wattage
Length Width Depth
Lumen Standard efficiency High efficiency
package
120V 277V 347V 480V 120V 277V 347V 480V Dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters)
unless otherwise noted.
18000LM 117 114 115 114 104 102 101 101 47.29 11.75 2.75
24000LM 172 170 167 167 152 150 153 153 47.29 11.75 2.75
30000LM 209 205 208 207 183 180 179 178 47.29 11.75 2.75
36000LM 246 240 242 243 207 203 202 201 47.29 11.75 2.75

IBG

INDUSTRIAL: One Lithonia Way, Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-315-4963 www.lithonia.com © 2016-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 08/17/17
Page 6 of 11

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog Number:
Page 79 of 110 Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: IBG 12000LM SEF ACL WD 277 OZ10 40K
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
80CRI NMSI360D DWH / HBBS36 M50
Notes:
A3
PLS17-219589

IBG LED High Bay


PROJECTED LUMEN MAINTENANCE
IBG 2ft & 4ft LUMENS VS. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
Operating hours 0 15,000 30,000 45,000 60,000 100,000
Ambient °C Ambient °F Lumen Multiplier
Lumen maintenance factor 1 0.97 0.95 0.93 0.91 0.86
0 32 1.04

IBGN 5 41 1.03
Operating hours 0 15,000 30,000 45,000 60,000 100,000 10 50 1.02
Lumen maintenance factor 1 0.97 0.93 0.90 0.87 0.81 20 68 1.01
25 77 1.00
30 86 0.99
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RATINGS 35 95 0.99
Mounting Suspended Surface 40 104 0.98
Standard temperature rating 113°F (45°C) 95°F (35°C) 45 113 0.97
HA option temperature rating 131°F (55°C) 113°F (45°C) 50 122 0.96
55 131 0.96

HALEON  Integrated Occupancy Sensor with Bluetooth® Programmability


• Programmable sensor settings over Bluetooth® with Acuity VLP smartphone app.
• Default programming options to service various application spaces - occupancy detection, 0-10V dimming and daylight harvesting.
• 360° High Mount and High Mount Aiselway lens detection options for mounting heights up to 40 ft.
• Integrated retractable lens mask included to block unwanted detection.
• Sensor ambient temperature rating of -40°F (-40°C) to 158°F (70°C).

Haleon Default Programming


Occupancy Time Delay Photocell Mode Photocell Setpoint Low Trim High Trim Dim to Off Time Delay

HLNxxx
10 minutes Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled
Occupancy Only

HLNxxxHL
10 minutes Disabled Disabled 10% 100% 2.5 minutes
0-10V Dimming

HLNxxxADC
10 minutes On/Off/Dim 4 fc 10% 100% 0 seconds
Dim & Switch Photocell

HLNxxxANL
Dim & Switch Photocel with 10 minutes On/Off/Dim 4 fc 10% 100% Stay Dim/ Never Off
High/Low Occ Op

Note: Lens detection noted in place of 'xxx'

IBG

INDUSTRIAL: One Lithonia Way, Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-315-4963 www.lithonia.com © 2016-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 08/17/17
Page 7 of 11

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog Number:
Page 80 of 110 Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: IBG 12000LM SEF ACL WD 277 OZ10 40K
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
80CRI NMSI360D DWH / HBBS36 M50
Notes:
A3
PLS17-219589

IBG LED High Bay


HALEON COVERAGE PATTERNS

HIGH MOUNT 360° SIDE VIEW TOP VIEW


40 12
• Optimized full coverage pattern for 10 – 40 ft. (3.1 – 12 m)
• Reliable detection of large motion (e.g. pedestrian walking traffic) up to 30 0 ft 0m
ft. (9.1 m) mounting height
10 3.0 20 6.1
• Reliable detection of extra-large motion (e.g. forklift traffic) up to 40 ft. (12
m) mounting height 20 6.1

• Stow-able rotating lens shield can be utilized to mask areas in which 0 ft 0m


detection is not desired 30 9.1

40 12

12 6.1 0m 6.1 12
20 6.1
40 20 0 ft 20 40

40 12

HIGH MOUNT AISLEWAY


• Optimized bi directional coverage pattern for aisleways with 10 – 40 ft. (3.1 – 12 m)
mounting heights
• 1.2X’s mounting height equals approximate detection range
• Reliable detection of large motion (e.g. pedestrian walking traffic) up to 30 ft. (9.1 m)
mounting height
• Reliable detection of extra-large motion (e.g. forklift traffic) up to 40 ft. (12 m) mounting
height
• Stow-able rotating lens shield can be utilized to mask areas in which detection is not
desired

IBG

INDUSTRIAL: One Lithonia Way, Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-315-4963 www.lithonia.com © 2016-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 08/17/17
Page 8 of 11

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog Number:
Page 81 of 110 Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: IBG 12000LM SEF ACL WD 277 OZ10 40K
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
80CRI NMSI360D DWH / HBBS36 M50
Notes:
A3
PLS17-219589

IBG LED High Bay


LSXR  Fixture Mount Occupancy Sensor (see LSXR Comparable Old style sensor
www.AcuityControls.com for additional information) configuration CMRB sensor nomenclature
• Three interchangeable lens options to satisfy multiple For shortest lead times use one of the following LSXR configurations
mounting heights and coverage pattern requirements.
LCOZU CMRB 50 MSI
• Integrated mounting bracket drops lens down 3” from chase
nipple. LCH0SZU CMRB 50 D MSID
• Single or dual relay versions — designed with robust LCPZU CMRB 50 P MSIPED
protection from the harsh switching requirements of T5 and
LED loads. LAOZU CMRB 6 MSI360
• Photocell and 0-10VDC dimming options. LAH0SZU CMRB 6 D MSI360D
• No PIR field calibration or sensitivity adjustments required. LAPZU CMRB 6 P MSI360PED
• Sensor ambient temperature rating of 14°F (-10°C) to 131°F
(55°C).

SELECTIONS BELOW WILL EXTEND ORDER LEAD TIME. CONSULT YOUR SALES REPRESENTATIVE FOR DETAILS.
SINGLE RELAY
ORDERING INFORMATION Example: LAH0SZU

Default occupancy
Series Lens option Dimming/Photocell Max. dim level Min. dim level Temp/Humidity time delay

L LSXR passive A High mount, O None1 0 10 VDC S Minimum dim Z None I 30 sec
infrared indoor 360° H High/low occupancy 9 9 VDC level of ballast T Low temperature2 D 2.5 min
occupancy sensor B Low mount, operation 1 1 VDC
8 8 VDC X 5.0 min
360° P Switching photocell 2 2 VDC
7 7 VDC R 7.5 min
C High mount (on/off)1 3 3 VDC
aisleway U 10.0 min
M Dimming and 4 4 VDC (with minimum 15
switching photocell minute on time)
5 5 VDC
G Dimming and V 15.0 min
switching photocell 6 6 VDC
with high/low oc- W 20.0 min
cupancy operation Y 30.0 min

Notes
1 Max and min dim levels not applicable with this option.
2 Ambient temperature rating of -4°F (-20°C) to 131°F (55°C).

DUAL RELAY (Available with 120, 277, and 347V only)


ORDERING INFORMATION Example: LA2KZU

Series Lens option Poles Operating mode Temp/Humidity Default occupancy time delay
L LSXR passive infrared A High mount, 360° 2 Dual relay J None Z None I 30 sec
indoor occupancy sensor B Low mount, 360° K Alternating off relays (promotes even lamp wear) T Low temperature1 D 2.5 min
C High mount aisleway O Alternating off relays w/photocell X 5.0 min
P Switching photocell(on/off) R 7.5 min
E Photocell on/off (pole 1 only) U 10.0 min (with minimum
F Photocell on/off - both poles (dual set-point) 15 minute on time)
V 15.0 min
W 20.0 min
Y 30.0 min

Example: LENS 50 J100 Notes


1 Ambient temperature rating of -4°F (-20°C) to 131°F (55°C).

Replacement lenses: Order as separate catalog number.


Series Lens type Package quantity
LENS 6 High mount 360° [blank] Single Lens
10 Low mount 360° J10 10-pack
50 High mount aisleway J100 100-pack

IBG

INDUSTRIAL: One Lithonia Way, Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-315-4963 www.lithonia.com © 2016-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 08/17/17
Page 9 of 11

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog Number:
Page 82 of 110 Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: IBG 12000LM SEF ACL WD 277 OZ10 40K
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
80CRI NMSI360D DWH / HBBS36 M50
Notes:
A3
PLS17-219589

IBG LED High Bay


LSXR COVERAGE PATTERNS 0m 0 ft

HIGH MOUNT 360º LENS #6


• Best choice for 15 to 45 ft (4.57 to 13.72 m) 4.6 15
mounting heights
• 15 to 20 ft (4.57 to 6.10 m) radial coverage
overlaps area lit by a typical high bay fixture /2:ꢀ9,(: +,*+ꢀ9,(:
9.1 30
• Excellent detection of large motion (e.g. walking) 0 ft 0m
up to a 35 ft (10.76 m) mounting height
• Excellent detection of extra large motion (e.g.
13.7 45
forklifts) up to a 45 ft (13.72 m) mounting height 15 4.6

6 3 0m 3 6 9.1 6 3 0m 3 6 9.1
20 10 0 ft 10 20 30 20 10 0 ft 10 20 30

HIGH MOUNT AISLEWAY LENS #50


• Provides a bi-directional coverage pattern ideal SIDE VIEW TOP VIEW
0 ft 0 m
for warehouse racking
10 3
• 1.2x mounting height equals approximate
detection range in either direction 20 6 7 2.1
• Typical 40 ft (12.19 m) mounting detects 50 ft 30 9.1 0 ft 0 m
(15.24 m) in either direction
40 12.2 7 2.1
• Superior aisleway coverage compared to a 15.2 7.6 0m 7.6 15.2 15.2 7.6 0m 7.6 15.2
masked 360º lens 50 25 0 ft 25 50 50 25 0 ft 25 50

LOW MOUNT 360º LENS #10


• Best choice for large motion detection (e.g. walking) 8.5 28
• 360º conical shaped pattern
• Provides ~24 ft (7.32 m) radial coverage (~2000 ft2) SIDE VIEW TOP VIEW 4.3 14
0 ft 0m
when mounted at 9 ft (2.74 m)
• 7 to 15 ft (2.13 to 4.57 m) mounting heights provide 0m 0 ft

16 to 36 ft (4.88 to 10.97 m) radial coverage


9 2.7
4.3 14
• Detection range improves when walking across 8.5 6.4 4.3 2.1 0m 2.1 4.3 6.4 8.5
beams compared to into beams
28 21 14 7 0 ft 7 14 21 28 8.5 28

C6D0SUEM & C10D0SUEM - UL924 Listed Sensors


SENSOR DEFAULT SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
• The occupied light level is full output.
• The unoccupied light level is approximately 30%.
• The time delay following sensor vacancy is 5 minutes, with an additional 5 minute slow ramp from the occupied light level to the unoccupied light level.
• The onboard daylight sensor is not enabled by default - sensor will not respond to changing daylight conditions.
Daylight sensor settings can be enabled and programmed by a trained technician after installation.

EGRESS MODE SEQUENCE OF OPERATION


The UL924 C6D0SUEM & C10D0SUEM controls are designed to provide fully tuned light output for 90 minutes following power loss or interruption, ignoring automatic dimming/occupancy/daylight control
signals during this time.
• Typical sequence upon power loss: Backup power source activates, transfer switch moves the emergency circuit powering the sensor onto the backup source, and sensor regains power. This sensor is
programmed to detect any power interruption or transfer > 30 ms
• The sensor then ignores occupancy & daylight status and controls the luminaire to full light output for 90 minutes.
• The device resumes normal dimming & occupancy controls after 90 minutes.
• This sensor should not be used with online power backup systems or any transfer devices with < 30 ms transfer time.

IBG

INDUSTRIAL: One Lithonia Way, Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-315-4963 www.lithonia.com © 2016-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 08/17/17
Page 10 of 11

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog Number:
Page 83 of 110 Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: IBG 12000LM SEF ACL WD 277 OZ10 40K
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
80CRI NMSI360D DWH / HBBS36 M50
Notes:
A3
PLS17-219589

IBG LED High Bay


IMP  Integrated Modular Plug
• The integrated modular plug (IMP) option allows the installer to plug and play a multitude of accessories.
• Cord sets connect quickly to any fixture with IMP option.
• IMP accessories include occupancy sensors, photocells, X-point relays.

IMP compatible cord sets1 IMP compatible sensors


CS1WIMP Straight plug, 120V MSIIMP Aisle sensor
CS3WIMP Twist-lock, 120V MSI360IMP 360° sensor
CS7WIMP Straight plug, 277V
CS11WIMP Twist-lock, 277V
CS25WIMP Twist-lock, 347V
CS93WIMP 600V SEOOW white cord, no plug
Notes
CS97WIMP Twist-lock, 480V
1 Cord set required for fixture operation. All cord sets are 18/3, 6’ white.

RRL  RELOC®-Ready Luminaire


• RRL connectors can be used with Quick-Flex®, System 820 and OnePass® systems.
• Load side of connector factory installed to luminaire.
• 4-pole mating connector with push-in terminations allows for simple installation.
• Touch-safe design on both halves meets UL/CSA requirement.
• Wiping contact design allows safe disconnect under load.

ORDERING INFORMATION Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative. Example: RRLA

Series Wiring instructions

RRL RELOC®-ready luminaire A Hot conductor wired to position #1 (phase A); non-dimming AE Hot conductor wired to position #1 (phase A), hot conductor #2 wired to position
#2 (phase B); non-dimming 2
B Hot conductor wired to position #2 (phase B); non-dimming ABE Hot conductor wired to position #1 (phase A), hot conductor #2 wired to position
#2 (phase B), inverter conductor wired to position #3 (phase C); non-dimming 1,2
C Hot conductor wired to position #3 (phase C); non-dimming 1 C12S Hot conductor in position #1 (phase A), low voltage conductor #1 in position
#2,low voltage conductor #2 in position #3; dimming 1,3
AB Outboard hot conductor wired to position #1 (phase A), inboard hot
conductor wired to position #2 (phase B); non-dimming

Compatible RELOC® Cables for Industrial Luminaires (ordered and shipped separately)
(click to view RELOC product page for more information)

OCS OCU OD

Notes
1 C, ABE, and C12S options are not used with Quick-Flex QFC,
QSFC, QPT, and QD.
2 AE and ABE commercial fixtures should disconnect the TSPL be-
fore unplugging the RRL so it does not go into discharge mode.
3 C12S option is used with the OnePass OD and 820 SSC, PT, and
DC for 0-10V/DALI applications.
DC PT

IBG

INDUSTRIAL: One Lithonia Way, Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-315-4963 www.lithonia.com © 2016-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 08/17/17
Page 11 of 11

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 84 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: 2VTL4 30L ADP EZ1 LP840
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
A4
PLS17-219589

Catalog
Number

Notes

FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS


INTENDED USE — The VT Series Volumetric LED Troffer (VTL) combines the aesthetics and high performance with Type
intelligent LED engines for applications such as offices, schools, retail locations and hospitals. High-efficacy light
engines deliver long life and excellent color, ensuring a superior quality lighting installation that is highly efficient
and sustainable. Multiple lumen packages and driver options provide solutions for all your lighting applications.
Featured nLight control system provides design flexibility and ease of installation and optimum energy savings. VT Series Volumetric LED Troffer
CONSTRUCTION — Rugged, one-piece cold-rolled steel coated polyester, painted after fabrication with embossed
facets. Impact-modified, single clear acrylic diffuser provides excellent shielding and wide distribution. End plates

2VTL
include integral T-bar clips. Fixture may be mounted and wired in continuous rows. Total fixture height is only 4-3/8".
OPTICS — Volumetric illumination is achieved by creating an optimal mix of light to walls, partitions, vertical ADP
and horizontal work surfaces — rendering the interior space, objects and occupants in a more balanced,
complementary luminous environment. Linear faceted reflector cavity softens and distributes light into
the space while minimizing luminous contrast between the fixture and ceiling. Sloped end plates provide
a smooth, luminous transition between fixture and ceiling while enhancing the perception of fixture depth.
High-performance diffuser provides LED concealment, even illumination across the diffuser and improved
2' x 4'
lumen-per-watt performance. LED
Now available with two different aesthetics including the standard Acrylic Linear Prismatic Diffuser (ADP) and the Acrylic ADPT
Linear Prismatic Diffuser with Diffuser Trim Rings (ADPT).
ELECTRICAL — Long-life LEDs, coupled with high-efficiency drivers, provide superior quantity and quality
of illumination for extended service life. 80% LED lumen maintenance at 60,000 hours (L80/60,000).
eldoLED driver options deliver choice of dimming range, and choices for control, while assuring flicker-free,
low-current inrush, 89% efficiency and low EMI.
Optional integrated nLight® controls make each luminaire addressable - allowing it to digitally communicate
with other nLight enabled controls such as dimmers, switches, occupancy sensors and photocontrols. Simply
connect all the nLight enabled control devices and the VTL luminaires using standard Cat-5 cabling. Unique
plug-and-play convenience as devices and luminaires automatically discover each other and self-commission.
Lumen Management: Unique lumen management system (option N80) provides onboard intelligence that
actively manages the LED light source so that constant lumen output is maintained over the system life,
preventing the energy waste created by the traditional practice of over-lighting.
Step-level dimming option allows system to be switched to 50% power for compliance with common energy
codes while maintaining fixture appearance.
Driver disconnect provided where required to comply with US and Canadian codes.
SENSOR— Integrated sensor (individual control): Sensor Switch MSD7ADCX (Passive infrared (PIR))
or MSDPDT7ADCX (PIR/Microphonics Dual Tech (PDT)) integrated occupancy sensor/automatic dimming
Dimensions
photocell allows the luminaire to power off when the space is unoccupied or enough ambient light is entering All dimensions are inches (centimeters) unless otherwise specified.
the space. See page 2 for more details on the integrated sensor.
Integrated Sensor (nLight Wired Networking): This sensor is nLight-enabled, meaning it has the ability Specifications
to communicate over an nLight network. When wired, using CAT-5 cabling, with other nLight-enabled
sensors, power packs, or WallPods, an nLight control zone is created. Once linked to a Gateway, directly or Length: 48 (122.0) 4-3/8
(11.1)
via a Bridge, the zone becomes capable of remote status monitoring and control via SensorView software. Width: 24 (61.0)
See page 2 for the nLight sensor options.
Depth: 4-3/8 (11.1) 8-1/4
Integrated Smart Sensor (nLight Air Wireless Platform): The rES7 sensor is nLight AIR enabled, meaning (21)
it has the ability to communicate over the wireless nLight control platform. It is both a digital PIR occupancy 24
sensor/automatic dimming photocell. It pairs to other luminaires and wall switches through our mobile (61.0)
app, CLAIRITY, which allows for simple sensor adjustment. See page 3 for more details on the Integrated
Smart Sensor.
INSTALLATION — Unique grid interfacing arrangement provides mounting into standard 1" and 9/16"
tee bar or screw slot grids. 9/16" allows fixture trim to hang level with architectural ceiling tiles. Drywall
ceiling adaptors available. Suitable for damp location.
LISTINGS — CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards. IC rated. DesignLights Consortium® (DLC)
Premium qualified product. Not all versions of this product may be DLC Premium qualified. Please check
the DLC Qualified Products List at www.designlights.org/QPL to confirm which versions are qualified.
WARRANTY — 5-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
NOTE: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
All values are design or typical values, measured under laboratory conditions at 25 °C.
Specifications subject to change without notice.

Capable Luminaire
This item is an A+ capable luminaire, which has been designed and tested
to provide consistent color appearance and out-of-the-box control compatibility
with simple commissioning.
• All configurations of this luminaire meet the Acuity Brands’ specification for
chromatic consistency
• This luminaire is part of an A+ Certified solution for nLight® or XPoint™ Wireless
control networks when ordered with drivers marked by a shaded background*
To learn more about A+, visit www.acuitybrands.com/aplus.
*See ordering tree for details

LED 2VTL2X4

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 85 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: 2VTL4 30L ADP EZ1 LP840
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
A4
PLS17-219589

2VTL Volumetric Recessed Lighting 2'x4'


A+ Capable options indicated
by this color background.

ORDERING INFORMATION Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative. Example: 2VTL4 40L ADPT EZ1 LP840 MSD7ADCX

2VTL4

Series Air function Lumens1 Diffuser Voltage Driver

2VTL4 2X4 VTL (blank) Static 30L 3000 lumens ADP Acrylic linear prismatic (blank) MVOLT EZ1 eldoLED dims to 1%, 0-10V
H Heat removal 40L 4000 lumens ADPT Acrylic linear prismatic 347 347V2 EZB eldoLED dims to dark, 0-10V
48L 4800 lumens with diffuser trim rings EDB eldoLED DALI3
60L 6000 lumens EXB eldoLED DMX/RDM3
72L 7200 lumens SLD Step-level dimming3
EXA1 Dims to 1%, XPoint wireless enabled4
EXAB Dims to dark, XPoint Wireless enabled4

Color temperature Controls Occupancy Control Options

LP830 3000 K, 80 CRI (blank) No nLight® (blank) No sensor control EL7L 700 lumen battery
LP835 3500 K, 80 CRI N80 nLight® with 80% lumen nLight Wired Networking pack (non-CEC
management compliant)
LP840 4000 K, 80 CRI NES7 nLight® nES 7 PIR integral occupancy sensor7,10
N80EMG nLight® with 80% lumen EL14L 1400 lumen battery
LP850 5000 K, 80 CRI NESPDT7 nLight® nES PDT 7 dual technology integral occupancy control7,10 pack (non-CEC
management for use with
generator supply EM power5 NES7ADCX nLight® nES 7 ADCX PIR integral occupancy sensor with automatic compliant)
dimming photocell7,10 EL14LSD 1400 lumen battery
N100 nLight® without lumen
management NESPDT7ADCX nLight® nES 7 PDT 7 dual technology intergral occupancy sensor with pack with self-
automatic dimming photocell7,10 diagnostic testing
N100EMG nLight® without lumen feature (non-CEC
management for use with Individual Control compliant) 12
generator supply EM power5 MSD7ADCX PIR integral occupancy sensor with automatic dimming control E10WLCP EM Self-Diagnostic
NLTAIR nLight AIR enabled6 photocell3,7,11 battery pack, 10W
MSDPDT7ADCX PDT integral occupancy sensor with automatic dimming control Constant Power, CEC
photocell3,7,11 compliant
Xpoint Wireless CP Chicago plenum
XADS7 XPoint™ wireless controller and micro 360° PIR occupancy and
photocell sensor3,4,9
nLight Wireless Networking
RES7N nLight® AIR PIR integral occupancy sensor with automatic
dimming photocell for Networking Capabilities 7,10
nLight Wireless Zone
RES7Z nLight® AIR PIR integral occupancy sensor with automatic
dimming photocell for zone control 7,10

Notes 7 Must specify ADPT diffuser. See sensor section on page 3.


1 Approximate lumen output. 8 Requires N80, N80EMG, N100, or N100EMG.
Accessories: Order as separate catalog number. 2 Not available with SLD, EL7L, or EL14L 9 Only available with EXA1 or EXAB driver options.
3 Not available with N80, N80EMG, N100, or N100EMG. 10 Only available with EZ1 or EZB driver option. 0-10V dimming wires
4 Gateway not included. Requires on-site commissioning. Visit www. not accessible via access plate.
2VT4 F916 Trim to adjust fixture mounting flush with
lightingcontrols.com/XPointWireless for more information. 11 Only available with EZ1 driver option. 0-10V dimming wires not
9/16" T-bar; for 2x4 fixture accessible via access plate.
5 nLight EMG option requires a connection to existing nLight network.
DGA24 FS/VT Drywall ceiling adapter with trim kit Power is provided from a separate N80 or N100 enabled fixture. 12 For more information, please see the PSSD2 specification sheet.
6 Must order with RES7N or RES7Z sensor. Only available with EZ1 or
EZB driver. Not available with 72L option.

nLight® Wired Control Accessories: nLight® AIR Control Accessories:


Order as separate catalog number. Visit www.acuitybrands.com/products/controls/nlight. Order as separate catalog number. Visit www.acuitybrands.com/
products/controls/nlightair.
WallPod stations Model number Occupancy sensors Model number
On/Off nPODM [color] Small motion 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech) nCM 9 RJB / nCM PDT 9 RJB Wall switches Model number
On/Off & raise/lower nPODM DX [color] Large motion 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech) nCM10 RJB / nCM PDT 10 RJB On/Off single pole rPODB [color]
Graphic touchscreen nPOD GFX [color] Wall switch with raise/lower nWSX PDT LV DX [color] On/Off two pole rPODB 2P [color]
Photocell controls Model number Cat-5 cable (plenum rated) Model number On/Off & raise/lower single pole rPODB DX [color]
Full range dimming nCM ADCX RJB 10' cable CAT5 10FT J1 On/Off & raise/lower two pole rPODB 2P DX [color]
30' cable CAT5 30FT J1 On/Off & raise/lower single pole rPODBZ DX WH1
Notes
1 Can only be ordered with the RES7Z zone control sensor version.

2VTL2X4

LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2011-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 11/09/17

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 86 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: 2VTL4 30L ADP EZ1 LP840
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
A4
PLS17-219589

2VTL Volumetric Recessed Lighting 2'x4'


Basic nLight Zone
Sensor Options
Automatic Occupancy Sensing nLight Wired nLight AIR nLight
Option
Dimming Photocell PIR PDT Networking Networking AIR Zone
MSD7ADCX X X
MSDPDT7ADCX X X
NES7 X X
NES7ADCX X X X
NESPDT7 X X
NESPDT7ADCX X X X
RES7N X X X
RES7Z X X X

Integrated Sensor with Individual Control nLight Wired Networking


The MSD7ADCX PIR occupancy sensor/automatic dimming photocell is ideal for areas without The nES 7 is ideal for small rooms without obstructions or areas with primarily walking
obstructions and where daylight harvesting may be desired. Suggested applications include, but motion. Ideal areas include hallways, corridors, storage rooms, and breakrooms.
not limited to, hallways, corridors, storage rooms, and breakrooms or other areas where people Additionally, the NES7ADCX includes an integrated photocell, which enables daylight
are typically moving. harvesting controls.
The MSDPDT7ADCX PIR/Microphonics Dual Tech occupancy sensor/automatic dimming photocell is For areas like restrooms, private offices, open offices, conference rooms or any space
ideal for areas with obstructions and where daylight harvesting is desired. Suggested applications with obstructions, the nES PDT 7 dual technology sensor is recommended. The nES PDT 7
include, but not limited to, open offices, private offices, classrooms, public restrooms, and utilizes both PIR (passive infrared) and Microphonics technologies to detect occupancy.
conference rooms. Additionally, the NESPDT7ADCX includes an integrated photocell, which enables daylight
harvesting controls which is ideal for areas where windows are present.
Sequence of Operation
nLight AIR Wireless
MOTION NO MOTION MOTION
MAX nLight AIR is the ideal solution for retrofit or new construction spaces where adding
additional wiring can be labor intensive and costly. The integrated rES 7 smart sensor is
part of each luminaire in the nLight AIR network, which can be grouped to control multiple
Occupants Room Sensor luminaires. The granularity of control with the digital PIR occupancy detection and daylight
Detected In Unoccupied Detects sensing makes a great solution for any application.
LIGHT LEVEL

The Space Motion

Sequence of Operation
MOTION NO MOTION MOTION
MAX

MIN
LIGHTS ON 17.5 MIN 2.5 MIN AT LIGHTS OFF LIGHTS ON Occupants Room Sensor
TIME DELAY A 1% LEVEL Detected In Unoccupied Detects
LIGHT LEVEL

The Space Motion


*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.

Sensor Coverage Pattern


Mini 360° Lens
• Recommended for walking motion detection from mounting heights between 8 ft (2.44 m) MIN
LIGHTS ON 7.5 MIN 2.5 MIN AT LIGHTS OFF LIGHTS ON
and 20 ft (6.10 m) TIME DELAY A 1% LEVEL
• Initial detection of walking motion along sensor axes at distances of 2x the mounting *The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.
height up to 15 ft (4.57 m) and
• 1.75x up to 20 ft (6.10 m).
• Provides 12 ft (3.66 m) radial detection of small motion when mounted at 9 ft (2.74 m)
• Initial detection will occur earlier when walking across sensor’s field of view than when
walking directly at sensor

9 FT Mounting
H N H N H N

5.5 18
4.6 15
3.7 12
2.7 9
1.8 6 BLT Series
0.9 3
0m 0 ft
0.9 3 Simple as 1,2,3
1.8 6
2.7 9 1. Install the nLight® AIR fixtures with embedded smart sensor
3.7 12 2. Install the wireless battery-powered wall switch
4.6 15
5.5 18 3. With our CLAIRITY app, pair the fixtures with the wall switch and
if desired, customize the sensor settings for the intended outcome
rPODB 2P DX Mobile Device

2VTL2X4

LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2011-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 11/09/17

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 87 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: 2VTL4 30L ADP EZ1 LP840
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
A4
PLS17-219589

2VTL Volumetric Recessed Lighting 2'x4'


PHOTOMETRICS
2VTL4 40L ADP LP835, 4393 delivered lumens, test no. LTL24782P105, tested in accordance to IESNA LM-79
180°
Coefficients of Utilization
pf 20%
90°
CP Summary pc 80% 70% 50% Zonal Lumen Summary
80° 0° 90 pw 70%50%30% 50%30%10% 50%30%10% Zone Lumens % Lamp % Fixture
200 0° 1439 1439 0 119 119 119 116 116 116 111 111 111 0° - 30° 1116 25.4 25.4
5° 1428 1434 1 108 103 98 100 96 92 96 92 89 0° - 40° 1832 41.7 41.7
400
15° 1366 1392 2 97 89 81 87 80 74 83 78 73 0° - 60° 3289 74.8 74.8
60°
600 25° 1251 1306 3 89 77 69 76 68 61 73 66 60 0° - 90° 4394 100.0 100.0
35° 1095 1188 4 81 68 59 67 58 52 64 57 51 90° - 180° 0 0.0 0.0

RCR
800 5 74 61 52 60 51 44 58 50 44 0° - 180° 4394 100.0 100.0
45° 911 1037
1000 55° 706 865 6 69 55 46 54 45 39 52 44 38
65° 484 677 7 63 50 41 49 40 34 47 39 34
1200 40° 75° 254 466 8 59 45 36 44 36 30 43 36 30
1400 85° 55 153 9 55 41 33 41 33 27 40 32 27
0° 20° 90 4 10 10 52 38 30 38 30 25 37 30 25
0° 90°

Mounting data Performance Data


How to Calculate Delivered Lumens in
Emergency Mode
9/16 15/16 Use the formula below to determine the delivered
Lumen Package Lumens Input Watts2 LPW
lumens in emergency mode
30L ADP LP830 3305 26.4 125 Delivered Lumens = 1.25 x P x LPW
30L ADP LP835 3470 26.4 132 P = Ouput power of emergency driver. P = 10W for
30L ADP LP840 3836 26.4 146 E10WLCP option.
LPW = Lumen per watt rating of the luminaire. This
30L ADP LP850 3824 26.4 145 information is available on the ABL luminaire spec
40L ADP LP830 4164 33.2 126 sheet. LPW = Lumen per watt rating of the luminaire.
9/16
40L ADP LP835 4393 33.2 133 LPW information available in Performance Data
with accessory 2VT4 F916 SS section.
40L ADP LP840 4501 33.2 136
40L ADP LP850 4823 33.2 145
48L ADP LP830 4820 39.1 123
48L ADP LP835 5090 39.1 130
48L ADP LP840 5209 39.1 133
48L ADP LP850 5586 39.1 143
60L ADP LP830 5288 44.2 120
60L ADP LP835 5582 44.2 126
60L ADP LP840 5738 44.2 130
60L ADP LP850 6122 44.2 138
72L ADP LP830 7044 58.7 120
72L ADP LP835 7182 58.7 122
72L ADP LP840 7714 58.7 132
72L ADP LP850 8141 58.7 139
Note: Based on ADP diffuser

2VTL2X4

LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2011-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 11/09/17

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 88 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: 2VTL2 33L ADP EZ1 LP840
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
A5
PLS17-219589

Catalog
Number

Notes

FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS


INTENDED USE — The VT Series Volumetric LED Troffer (VTL) combines the aesthetics and high performance Type
with intelligent LED engines for applications such as offices, schools, retail locations and hospitals. High-
efficacy light engines deliver long life and excellent color, ensuring a superior quality lighting installation
that is highly efficient and sustainable. Multiple lumen packages and driver options provide solutions for all
your lighting applications. Featured nLight control system provides design flexibility and ease of installation
and optimum energy savings.
CONSTRUCTION — Rugged, one-piece cold-rolled steel coated polyester, painted after fabrication with VT Series Volumetric LED Troffer
embossed facets. Impact-modified, single clear acrylic diffuser provides excellent shielding and wide ADP

2VTL
distribution. End plates include integral T-bar clips. Fixture may be mounted and wired in continuous rows.
Total fixture height is only 4-3/8".
OPTICS — Volumetric illumination is achieved by creating an optimal mix of light to walls, partitions, vertical
and horizontal work surfaces — rendering the interior space, objects and occupants in a more balanced,
complementary luminous environment. Linear faceted reflector cavity softens and distributes light into
the space while minimizing luminous contrast between the fixture and ceiling. Sloped end plates provide
a smooth, luminous transition between fixture and ceiling while enhancing the perception of fixture depth. 2' x 2'
High-performance diffuser provides LED concealment, even illumination across the diffuser and improved ADPT LED
lumen-per-watt performance.
Now available with two different aesthetics including the standard Acrylic Linear Prismatic Diffuser (ADP) and the Acrylic
Linear Prismatic Diffuser with Diffuser Trim Rings (ADPT).
ELECTRICAL — Long-life LEDs, coupled with high-efficiency drivers, provide superior quantity and quality
of illumination for extended service life. 90% LED lumen maintenance at 60,000 hours (L90/60,000).
eldoLED driver options deliver choice of dimming range, and choices for control, while assuring flicker-free,
low-current inrush, 89% efficiency and low EMI.
Optional integrated nLight®controls make each luminaire addressable - allowing it to digitally communicate
with other nLight enabled controls such as dimmers, switches, occupancy sensors and photocontrols. Simply
connect all the nLight enabled control devices and the VTLED luminaires using standard Cat-5 cabling. Unique
plug-and-play convenience as devices and luminaires automatically discover each other and self-commission.
Lumen Management: Unique lumen management system (option N80) provides on board intelligence that
actively manages the LED light source so that constant lumen output is maintained over the system life,
preventing the energy waste created by the traditional practice of over-lighting.
Step-level dimming option allows system to be switched to 50% power for compliance with common energy
codes while maintaining fixture appearance.
Driver disconnect provided where required to comply with US and Canadian codes.
SENSOR— Integrated sensor (individual control): Sensor Switch MSD7ADCX (Passive infrared (PIR))
or MSDPDT7ADCX (PIR/Microphonics Dual Tech (PDT)) integrated occupancy sensor/automatic dimming Dimensions
photocell allows the luminaire to power off when the space is unoccupied or enough ambient light is entering All dimensions are inches (centimeters) unless otherwise specified.
the space. See page 2 for more details on the integrated sensor.
Integrated Sensor (nLight Wired Networking): This sensor is nLight-enabled, meaning it has the ability
to communicate over an nLight network. When wired, using CAT-5 cabling, with other nLight-enabled Specifications
sensors, power packs, or WallPods, an nLight control zone is created. Once linked to a Gateway, directly or
via a Bridge, the zone becomes capable of remote status monitoring and control via SensorView software. Length: 24 (61.0) 4-3/8
See page 2 for the nLight sensor options. (11.1)
Width: 24 (61.0)
Integrated Smart Sensor (nLight Air Wireless Platform): The rES7 sensor is nLight AIR enabled, meaning
it has the ability to communicate over the wireless nLight control platform. It is both a digital PIR occupancy Depth: 4-3/8 (11.1) 8-1/4
(21)
sensor/automatic dimming photocell. It pairs to other luminaires and wall switches through our mobile 24
app, CLAIRITY, which allows for simple sensor adjustment. See page 3 for more details on the Integrated (61.0)
Smart Sensor.
INSTALLATION — Unique grid interfacing arrangement provides mounting into standard 1" and 9/16"
tee bar or screw slot grids. 9/16" allows fixture trim to hang level with architectural ceiling tiles. Drywall
ceiling adaptors available. Suitable for damp location.
LISTINGS — CSA Certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards. IC rated. DesignLights Consortium® (DLC)
qualified product. Not all versions of this product may be DLC qualified. Please check the DLC Qualified
Products List at www.designlights.org/QPL to confirm which versions are qualified.
WARRANTY — 5-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
NOTE: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
All values are design or typical values, measured under laboratory conditions at 25 °C.
Specifications subject to change without notice.

Capable Luminaire
This item is an A+ capable luminaire, which has been designed and tested
to provide consistent color appearance and out-of-the-box control compatibility
with simple commissioning.
• All configurations of this luminaire meet the Acuity Brands’ specification for
chromatic consistency
• This luminaire is part of an A+ Certified solution for nLight® or XPoint™ Wireless
control networks when ordered with drivers marked by a shaded background*
To learn more about A+, visit www.acuitybrands.com/aplus.
*See ordering tree for details

LED 2VTL2X2

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 89 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: 2VTL2 33L ADP EZ1 LP840
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
A5
PLS17-219589

2VTL Volumetric Recessed Lighting 2'x2'


A+ Capable options indicated
by this color background.

ORDERING INFORMATION Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative. Example: 2VTL2 40L ADPT EZ1 LP840 MSD7ADCX

2VTL2

Series Air function Lumens1 Diffuser Voltage Driver

2VTL2 2X2 VTL (blank) Static 20L 2000 lumens ADP Acrylic linear prismatic (blank) MVOLT EZ1 eldoLED dims to 1%, 0-10V
H Heat removal 33L 3000 lumens ADPT Acrylic linear prismatic 347 347V2 EZB eldoLED dims to dark, 0-10V
40L 4000 lumens with diffuser trim rings EDB eldoLED DALI3
EXB eldoLED DMX/RDM3
SLD Step-level dimming3
EXA1 Dims to 1%, XPoint wireless enabled4
EXAB Dims to dark, XPoint Wireless enabled4

Color temperature Controls Occupancy Control Options

LP830 3000 K, 80 CRI (blank) No nLight® (blank) No sensor control EL7L 700 lumen battery
LP835 3500 K, 80 CRI N80 nLight® with 80% lumen nLight Wired Networking pack (non-CEC
management compliant)
LP840 4000 K, 80 CRI NES7 nLight® nES 7 PIR integral occupancy sensor7,10
N80EMG nLight® with 80% lumen EL14L 1400 lumen battery
LP850 5000 K, 80 CRI NESPDT7 nLight® nES PDT 7 dual technology integral occupancy control7,10 pack (non-CEC
management for use with
LP930 3000 K, 90 CRI generator supply EM power5 NES7ADCX nLight® nES 7 ADCX PIR integral occupancy sensor with automatic compliant)
LP935 3500 K, 90 CRI dimming photocell7,10 EL14LSD 1400 lumen battery
N100 nLight® without lumen
management NESPDT7ADCX nLight® nES 7 PDT 7 dual technology intergral occupancy sensor with pack with self-
LP940 4000 K, 90 CRI diagnostic testing
automatic dimming photocell7,10
LP950 5000 K, 90 CRI N100EMG nLight® without lumen feature (non-CEC
management for use with Individual Control compliant) 12
generator supply EM power5 MSD7ADCX PIR integral occupancy sensor with automatic dimming control E10WLCP EM Self-Diagnostic
NLTAIR nLight AIR enabled6 photocell3,7,11 battery pack, 10W
MSDPDT7ADCX PDT integral occupancy sensor with automatic dimming control Constant Power, CEC
photocell3,7,11 compliant
Xpoint Wireless CP Chicago plenum
XADS7 XPoint™ wireless controller and micro 360° PIR occupancy and
photocell sensor3,4,9
nLight Wireless Networking
RES7N nLight® AIR PIR integral occupancy sensor with automatic
dimming photocell for Networking Capabilities 7,10
nLight Wireless Zone
RES7Z nLight® AIR PIR integral occupancy sensor with automatic
dimming photocell for zone control 7,10

Notes 7 Must specify ADPT diffuser. See sensor section on page 3.


1 Approximate lumen output. 8 Requires N80, N80EMG, N100, or N100EMG.
Accessories: Order as separate catalog number. 2 Not available with SLD, EL7L, or EL14L 9 Only available with EXA1 or EXAB driver options.
3 Not available with N80, N80EMG, N100, or N100EMG. 10 Only available with EZ1 or EZB driver option. 0-10V dimming wires not
2VT2 F916 Trim to adjust fixture mounting flush with 4 Gateway not included. Requires on-site commissioning. Visit www. accessible via access plate.
9/16" T-bar; for 2x2 fixture lightingcontrols.com/XPointWireless for more information. 11 Only available with EZ1 driver option. 0-10V dimming wires not
DGA22 FS/VT Drywall ceiling adapter with trim kit 5 nLight EMG option requires a connection to existing nLight network. accessible via access plate.
Power is provided from a separate N80 or N100 enabled fixture. 12 For more information, please see the PSSD2 specification sheet.
6 Must order with RES7N or RES7Z sensor. Only available with EZ1 or
EZB driver.

nLight® Wired Control Accessories: nLight® AIR Control Accessories:


Order as separate catalog number. Visit www.acuitybrands.com/products/controls/nlight. Order as separate catalog number. Visit www.acuitybrands.com/
products/controls/nlightair.
WallPod stations Model number Occupancy sensors Model number
On/Off nPODM [color] Small motion 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech) nCM 9 RJB / nCM PDT 9 RJB Wall switches Model number
On/Off & raise/lower nPODM DX [color] Large motion 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech) nCM10 RJB / nCM PDT 10 RJB On/Off single pole rPODB [color]
Graphic touchscreen nPOD GFX [color] Wall switch with raise/lower nWSX PDT LV DX [color] On/Off two pole rPODB 2P [color]
Photocell controls Model number Cat-5 cable (plenum rated) Model number On/Off & raise/lower single pole rPODB DX [color]
Full range dimming nCM ADCX RJB 10' cable CAT5 10FT J1 On/Off & raise/lower two pole rPODB 2P DX [color]
30' cable CAT5 30FT J1 On/Off & raise/lower single pole rPODBZ DX WH1
Notes
1 Can only be ordered with the RES7Z zone control sensor version.

2VTL2X2

LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2011-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 11/09/17

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 90 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: 2VTL2 33L ADP EZ1 LP840
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
A5
PLS17-219589

2VTL Volumetric Recessed Lighting 2'x2'


Basic nLight Zone
Sensor Options
Automatic Occupancy Sensing nLight Wired nLight AIR nLight
Option
Dimming Photocell PIR PDT Networking Networking AIR Zone
MSD7ADCX X X
MSDPDT7ADCX X X
NES7 X X
NES7ADCX X X X
NESPDT7 X X
NESPDT7ADCX X X X
RES7N X X X
RES7Z X X X

Integrated Sensor with Individual Control nLight Wired Networking


The MSD7ADCX PIR occupancy sensor/automatic dimming photocell is ideal for areas without The nES 7 is ideal for small rooms without obstructions or areas with primarily walking
obstructions and where daylight harvesting may be desired. Suggested applications include, but motion. Ideal areas include hallways, corridors, storage rooms, and breakrooms.
not limited to, hallways, corridors, storage rooms, and breakrooms or other areas where people Additionally, the NES7ADCX includes an integrated photocell, which enables daylight
are typically moving. harvesting controls.
The MSDPDT7ADCX PIR/Microphonics Dual Tech occupancy sensor/automatic dimming photocell is For areas like restrooms, private offices, open offices, conference rooms or any space
ideal for areas with obstructions and where daylight harvesting is desired. Suggested applications with obstructions, the nES PDT 7 dual technology sensor is recommended. The nES PDT 7
include, but not limited to, open offices, private offices, classrooms, public restrooms, and utilizes both PIR (passive infrared) and Microphonics technologies to detect occupancy.
conference rooms. Additionally, the NESPDT7ADCX includes an integrated photocell, which enables daylight
harvesting controls which is ideal for areas where windows are present.
Sequence of Operation
nLight AIR Wireless
MOTION NO MOTION MOTION
MAX nLight AIR is the ideal solution for retrofit or new construction spaces where adding
additional wiring can be labor intensive and costly. The integrated rES 7 smart sensor is
part of each luminaire in the nLight AIR network, which can be grouped to control multiple
Occupants Room Sensor luminaires. The granularity of control with the digital PIR occupancy detection and daylight
Detected In Unoccupied Detects sensing makes a great solution for any application.
LIGHT LEVEL

The Space Motion

Sequence of Operation
MOTION NO MOTION MOTION
MAX
MIN
LIGHTS ON 17.5 MIN 2.5 MIN AT LIGHTS OFF LIGHTS ON
TIME DELAY A 1% LEVEL Occupants Room Sensor
Detected In Unoccupied Detects
LIGHT LEVEL

*The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc. The Space Motion

Sensor Coverage Pattern


Mini 360° Lens
• Recommended for walking motion detection from mounting heights between 8 ft (2.44 m)
MIN
and 20 ft (6.10 m) LIGHTS ON 7.5 MIN 2.5 MIN AT LIGHTS OFF LIGHTS ON
• Initial detection of walking motion along sensor axes at distances of 2x the mounting TIME DELAY A 1% LEVEL

height up to 15 ft (4.57 m) and *The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.
• 1.75x up to 20 ft (6.10 m).
• Provides 12 ft (3.66 m) radial detection of small motion when mounted at 9 ft (2.74 m)
• Initial detection will occur earlier when walking across sensor’s field of view than when
walking directly at sensor

9 FT Mounting
H N H N H N

5.5 18
4.6 15
3.7 12
2.7 9
1.8 6 BLT Series
0.9 3
0m 0 ft
0.9 3 Simple as 1,2,3
1.8 6
2.7 9 1. Install the nLight® AIR fixtures with embedded smart sensor
3.7 12 2. Install the wireless battery-powered wall switch
4.6 15
5.5 18 3. With our CLAIRITY app, pair the fixtures with the wall switch and
if desired, customize the sensor settings for the intended outcome
rPODB 2P DX Mobile Device

2VTL2X2

LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2011-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 11/09/17

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 91 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: 2VTL2 33L ADP EZ1 LP840
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
A5
PLS17-219589

2VTL Volumetric Recessed Lighting 2'x2'


PHOTOMETRICS
2VTL2 20L ADP LP835, 2286 delivered lumens, test no. LTL24790P101, tested in accordance to IESNA LM-79
180°
Coefficients of Utilization
pf 20%
90°
CP Summary pc 80% 70% 50% Zonal Lumen Summary
80° 0° 90 pw 70%50%30% 50%30%10% 50%30%10% Zone Lumens % Lamp % Fixture
100 0° 767 767 0 119 119 119 116 116 116 111 111 111 0° - 30° 592 25.9 25.9
200 5° 758 767 1 108 103 98 101 96 93 96 93 90 0° - 40° 969 42.4 42.4
15° 720 743 2 98 89 82 87 81 75 84 78 73 0° - 60° 1731 75.7 75.7
300 60°
25° 656 696 3 89 78 69 76 68 62 73 66 61 0° - 90° 2287 100.0 100.0
400 35° 569 632 4 81 69 60 67 59 52 65 57 52 90° - 180° 0 0.0 0.0

RCR
45° 470 550 5 75 61 52 60 51 45 58 50 44 0° - 180° 2287 100.0 100.0
500 55° 361 458 6 69 55 46 54 46 39 52 45 39
600 65° 246 358 7 64 50 41 49 41 35 48 40 34
40° 75° 128 238 8 59 46 37 45 37 31 43 36 31
700 85° 29 65 9 55 42 33 41 33 28 40 33 28
0° 20° 90 2 2 10 52 39 31 38 30 25 37 30 25
0° 90°

Mounting Data How to Calculate Delivered Lumens in


Performance Data Emergency Mode
9/16 15/16 Use the formula below to determine the delivered
Lumen Package Lumens Input Watts2 LPW lumens in emergency mode
20L ADP LP830 2128 17.4 122 Delivered Lumens = 1.25 x P x LPW
20L ADP LP835 2286 17.4 131 P = Ouput power of emergency driver. P = 10W for
E10WLCP option.
20L ADP LP840 2333 17.5 133
LPW = Lumen per watt rating of the luminaire. This
20L ADP LP850 2500 17.5 143 information is available on the ABL luminaire spec
9/16 33L ADP LP830 3495 29.3 119 sheet. LPW = Lumen per watt rating of the luminaire.
with accessory 2VT2 F916 SS 33L ADP LP835 3711 29.4 126 LPW information available in Performance Data
section.
33L ADP LP840 3821 29.5 129
33L ADP LP850 4072 29.3 139
40L ADP LP830 4080 35.2 116
40L ADP LP835 4351 35.3 123
40L ADP LP840 4447 35.5 125
40L ADP LP850 4730 35.7 133
Note: Based on ADP diffuser

2VTL2X2

LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2011-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 11/09/17

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 92 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: EVO 40/20 8AR WD LSS 277 EZ1
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
C1
PLS17-219589

Luminaire Type:
Catalog Number
(autopopulated):

Gotham Architectural Downlighting


LED Downlights

8” Evo®
Downlight

Solid-State Lighting

OPTICAL SYSTEM ELECTRICAL SYSTEM


• Self-flanged semi-specular, matte-diffuse or specular finishing trim • Fully serviceable and upgradeable lensed LED light engine
• Patented Bounding Ray™ optical design (U.S. Patent No. 5,800,050) • 70% lumen maintenance at 60,000 hours
• 45° cutoff to source and source image • Tested according to LM-79 and LM-80 standards
• Top-down flash characteristic • Overload and short circuit protected
• Polycarbonate lens integral to light engine • 2.5 SDCM; 85 CRI typical, 90+ CRI optional
MECHANICAL SYSTEM LISTINGS
• 16-gauge galvanized steel construction; maximum 1-1/2” ceiling thickness • Fixtures are CSA certified to meet US and Canadian standards; wet location,
• Telescopic mounting bars maximum of 32” and minimum of 15”, preinstalled, covered ceiling
4” vertical adjustment WARRANTY
• Toolless adjustments post installation • 5-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
• Junction box capacity: 8 (4 in, 4 out ) 12AWG rated for 90°C www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
• Light engine and driver accessible through aperture
Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end user environment and application.
All values are design or typical values, measured under laboratory conditions at
25 °C.

A+ Capable options indicated


by this color background.

EXAMPLE: EVO 35/25 8AR MWD LSS 120 EZ1

Series Color temperature Nominal lumen values Aperture/Trim color Distribution Finish Voltage
EVO 27/ 2700 K 20 2000 lumens 8AR Clear VND Very narrow (0.5 s/mh) LSS Semi-specular 120
30/ 3000 K 25 2500 lumens 8PR Pewter ND Narrow (0.7 s/mh) LD Matte-diffuse 277
35/ 3500 K 30 3000 lumens 8WTR Wheat MD Medium (0.9 s/mh) LS Specular 3472
40/ 4000 K 8GR Gold MWD Medium wide (1.0 s/mh)
8WR1 White WD Wide (1.2 s/mh)
8BR1 Black
8WRAMF1 White anti-
microbial

Driver3 Options
EZ10 eldoLED 0-10V ECOdrive. Linear dimming to 10% min. SF5 Single fuse. BGTD Bodine generator transfer device.
EZ1 eldoLED 0-10V ECOdrive. Linear dimming to 1% min. TRW6 White painted flange Specify 120V or 277V.
EZB eldoLED 0-10V SOLOdrive. Logarithmic dimming to <1%. TRBL7 Black painted flange CRI90 High CRI (90+)
EDAB eldoLED SOLOdrive DALI. Logarithmic dimming to <1%. EL8 Emergency battery pack with CP11 Chicago plenum. Specify 120V or 277V.
EDXB eldoLED POWERdrive DMX with RDM (remote device manage- integral test switch RRL__ RELOC®-ready luminaire connectors
ment). Square Law dimming to <1%. Includes termination ELR8 Emergency battery pack with enable a simple and consistent factory
resistor. Refer to DMXR Manual. remote test switch installed option across all ABL luminaire
EXA1 XPoint Wireless, eldoLED 0-10V ECOdrive. Linear dimming to NPS80EZ5 nLight® dimming pack controls brands. Refer to RRL for complete
1%. Refer to XPoint tech sheet. 0-10V eldoLED drivers. nomenclature.
EXAB XPoint Wireless, eldoLED 0-10V SOLOdrive. Logarithmic NPS80EZER5,9 nLight® dimming pack controls
dimming to <1%. Refer to XPoint tech sheet. 0-10V eldoLED drivers. ER
ECOS24,5 Lutron® Hi-Lume® 2-wire forward-phase driver.120V only. controls fixtures on emergency
Minimum dimming level 1%. circuit.
ECOS34,5 Lutron® Hi-Lume® 3-wire or EcoSystem dimming driver. N8010 nLight® Lumen Compensation
Minimum dimming level 1%.

EVO-8-OPEN GOTHAM ARCHITECTURAL DOWNLIGHTING | P 800.315.4982 | gothamlighting.com


PAGE 1 OF 4 © 2010-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Rev. 04/24/17. Specifications subject to change without notice.

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 93 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: EVO 40/20 8AR WD LSS 277 EZ1
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
C1
PLS17-219589

8” EVO
Downlight
Solid-State Lighting

All dimensions are inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.

85
8 [22.0]

15 7
8 [40.3]

Aperture: 8-5/8 (21.9)


Ceiling Opening: 8-3/4 (22.2)
Overlap Trim: 9-1/4 (23.5)

3 [36.0]
14 16

DIMENSIONS FOR CHICAGO PLENUM

WATTAGE CONSUMPTION MATRIX EMERGENCY LUMEN OUTPUT


LUMENS LM ACTUAL WATTAGE LUMENS per WATT LUMENS WATTAGE INITIAL OUTPUT
2000 2,287 31.6 72.5 2000 8.4 630
2500 2,964 41.1 72.0 2500 7.2 540
3000 3,398 47.1 72.2 3000 8.4 630

ACCESSORIES order as separate catalog numbers (shipped separately)


SCA8 Sloped ceiling adapter. Degree of slope must be specified (5D, 10D, 15D, 20D, 25D, 30D). Ex: SCA8 10D. Refer to TECH-190.
CTA4-8 YK Ceiling thickness adapter (extends mounting frame to accommodate ceiling thickness up to 5”). Adds ~4” to fixture height.
GVRT Vandal-resistant trim accessory. Refer to TECH-200.
ISD BC 0-10V wallbox dimmer. Refer to ISD-BC.

ORDERING NOTES
1. Not available with finishes. 7. Not available with black reflector
2. Not available with EL or ELR options. 8. For dimensional changes, refer to TECH-140. Not available with 347V.
3. Refer to TECH-240 for compatible dimmers. 9. For use with generator supply EM power. Will require an emergency hot feed and normal hot feed.
4. Not available with nLight® and XPoint options. 10. Fixture begins at 80% light level. Must be specified with NPS80EZ or NPS80EZER.
5. Specify voltage. 11. ELR not available.
6. Not available with white reflector.

GOTHAM ARCHITECTURAL DOWNLIGHTING | P 800.315.4982 | gothamlighting.com EVO-8-OPEN


© 2010-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Rev. 04/24/17. Specifications subject to change without notice. PAGE 2 OF 4

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 94 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: EVO 40/20 8AR WD LSS 277 EZ1
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
C1
PLS17-219589

8” EVO
Downlight
Solid-State Lighting

Distribution Curve Distribution Data Output Data Coefficient of Utilization Illuminance: Single Luminaire 30” Above Floor

CONSULT FACTORY FOR PHOTOMETRY

LUMEN OUTPUT MULTIPLIER - CRI LUMEN OUTPUT MULTIPLIER - CCT LUMEN OUTPUT MULTIPLIER - TRIM FINISH
CRI FACTOR CRI FACTOR CLEAR PEWTER WHEAT GOLD WHITE BLACK
FINISH (AR) (PR) (WTR) (GR) (WR/WRAMF) (BR)
80 CRI 1 4000 K 1.035
Specular (LS) 1.00 0.88 0.83 0.95 N/A N/A
90 CRI 0.79 3500 K 1
Semi-specular (LSS) 0.95 0.84 0.79 0.90 N/A N/A
3000 K 0.973
Matte-diffuse (LD) 0.85 0.73 0.69 0.80 N/A N/A
2700 K 0.938
Paint N/A N/A N/A N/A 0.87 0.73

PHOTOMETRY NOTES
• Tested in accordance with IESNA LM-79-08.
• Tested to current IES and NEMA standards under stabilized laboratory conditions.
• CRI: 85 typical.

EVO-8-OPEN GOTHAM ARCHITECTURAL DOWNLIGHTING | P 800.315.4982 | gothamlighting.com


PAGE 3 OF 4 © 2010-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Rev. 04/24/17. Specifications subject to change without notice.

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 95 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: EVO 40/20 8AR WD LSS 277 EZ1
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
C1
PLS17-219589

8” EVO
Downlight
Solid-State Lighting

Choose Wall Controls. nCM PDT 9 nPODM 2P DX

nLIGHT o ers multiple styles of wall controls – each


with varying features and user experience.
A

A B
C

nPS 80 EZ
A

B B
C
Push-Button WallPod
Traditional tactile buttons Graphic WallPod nPS 80 EZ
and LED user feedback Full color touch screen
provides a sophisticated WIRING KEY
look and feel A B C OPTIONAL
Low Voltage A
CAT-5e Cable Line Power
Dimming Wires nCM ADCX

EXAMPLE
Group Fixture Control*
*Application diagram applies for fixtures with eldoLED drivers only.

nPS 80 EZ Dimming/Control Pack (qty 2 required)


nPODM 2P DX Dual On/Off/Dim Push-Button WallPod
nCM ADCX Daylight Sensor with Automatic Dimming Control
nCM PDT 9 Dual Technology Occupancy Sensor
Description: This design provides a dual on/off/dim wall station that
enables manual control of the fixtures in Row A and Row B separately.
Additionally, a daylight harvesting sensor is provided so the lights in row B
can be configured to dim automatically when daylight is available. An
occupancy sensor turns off all lights when the space is vacant.

nLight® Control Accessories:


Order as separate catalog number. Visit www.sensorswitch.com/nLight for complete listing of nLight controls.
WallPod stations Model number Occupancy sensors Model number
On/Off nPODM [color] Small motion 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech) nCM 9 / nCM PDT 9
On/Off & Raise/Lower nPODM DX [color] Large motion 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech) nCM 10 / nCM PDT 10
Graphic Touchscreen nPOD GFX [color] Wide view (PIR / dual tech) nWV 16 / nWV PDT 16
Photocell controls Model number Wall Switch w/ Raise/Lower (PIR / dual tech) nWSX LV DX / nWSX PDT LV DX
Dimming nCM ADCX Cat-5 cables (plenum rated) Model number
10', CAT5 10FT CAT5 10FT J1
15', CAT5 15FT CAT5 15FT J1

Capable Luminaire
This item is an A+ capable luminaire, which has been designed and tested to provide consistent color appearance and
out-of-the-box control compatibility with simple commissioning.
• All configurations of this luminaire meet the Acuity Brands’ specification for chromatic consistency
• This luminaire is part of an A+ Certified solution for nLight® control networks when ordered with drivers marked by a
shaded background*
• This luminaire is part of an A+ Certified solution for nLight control networks, providing advanced control functionality
at the luminaire level, when selection includes driver and control options marked by a shaded background*
To learn more about A+, visit www.acuitybrands.com/aplus.
*See ordering tree for details

GOTHAM ARCHITECTURAL DOWNLIGHTING | P 800.315.4982 | gothamlighting.com EVO-8-OPEN


© 2010-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Rev. 04/24/17. Specifications subject to change without notice. PAGE 4 OF 4

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 96 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: WL4 20L EZ1 LP840 N100 NES7
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
S1
PLS17-219589

Catalog
Number

Notes

FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS Type


INTENDED USE — For wall or ceiling mounting, vertical or horizontal. The WL combines digital LED lighting
and controls technologies with high-performance optical design to offer the most advanced wall-mount
luminaire for general ambient lighting applications. High-efficacy light engine delivers long life and excellent
color, ensuring a superior quality lighting installation that is highly efficient and sustainable.
CONSTRUCTION — Housing is roll formed from code-gauge steel.
Refractor is retained in die cast ends providing secure installation and easy maintenance.
Decorative die-cast end caps provide added durability. Wall bracket & Surface Mount LED
Finish: All metal parts are post-painted in white polyester powder coat for smooth, finished edges and
uniform light distribution.
OPTICS — Impact modified linear faceted refractor. Optically engineered for superior light distribution
and maximum efficacy.
Crescent-shape linear faceted refractor system obscures and integrates individual LED images and uniformly
washes fixture surface with light.
WL4
ELECTRICAL — Long-life LEDs, coupled with high-efficiency drivers, provide superior quantity and quality 4'
of illumination for extended service life. 90% LED lumen maintenance at 60,000 hours (L90/60,000). The
LEDs have a CRI of 82. LED
eldoLED driver options deliver choice of dimming range and choice for control, while assuring flicker-free,
low-current inrush, 89% efficiency and low EMI.
Driver disconnect provided where required to comply with US and Canadian codes.
Optional nLight® embedded controls continuously monitor system performance and allow for constant
lumen management function.
Lumen Management: Unique lumen management system (option N80) provides onboard intelligence that
actively manages the LED light source so that constant lumen output is maintained over the system life,
preventing energy waste created by the traditional practice of over-lighting.
SENSOR  Integrated sensor (individual control): Sensor Switch MSD7 (Passive Infrared (PIR))
integrated occupancy sensor photocell allows the luminaire to power off when the space is unoccupied.
See page 4 for more details on the integrated sensor.
Integrated Sensor (nLight Wired Networking): The sensor is nLight-enabled, meaning it has the
ability to communicate over an nLight network. When wired using CAT-5 cabling with other nLight-enabled
sensors, power packs, or WallPods, an nLight control zone is created. Once linked to a Gateway, directly or
via a Bridge, the zone becomes capable of remote status monitoring and control via SensorView software.
See page 4 for the nLight sensor options.
Interated Smart Sensor (nLight AIR Wireless Platform): The rES7 sensor is nLight AIR enabled,
meaning it has the ability to communicate over the wireless nLight control platform. It is both digital PIR
occupancy sensor and automatic dimming photocell. It pairs to other luminaires and wall switches through
our mobile app, CLAIRITY, which allows for simple sensor adjustment. See page 4 for more details on the
Integrated Smart Sensor.
XPoint Wireless Networking: XPoint™ Wireless technology creates a mesh network to ensure
communication between fixtures, sensors, and wall stations facility wide. This option provides superior
lighting management capabilities including granular control, configuration, and custom grouping. This
option enables sensors that detect motion to wirelessly communicate to neighboring fixtures — whether
on different floors in a stairwell, to a corridor or hallway — illuminating the desired path.
LISTINGS — CSA certified to meet U.S. and Canadian standards. Suitable for damp location (excluding
sensor option).
Patents pending. DesignLights Consortium® (DLC) qualified product. Not all versions of this product may be
DLC qualified. Please check the DLC Qualified Products List at www.designlights.org/QPL to confirm which
versions are qualified.
WARRANTY — 5-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
NOTE: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
All values are design or typical values, measured under laboratory conditions at 25 °C.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Capable Luminaire
This item is an A+ capable luminaire, which has been designed and tested
to provide consistent color appearance and out-of-the-box control compatibility
with simple commissioning.
• All configurations of this luminaire meet the Acuity Brands’ specification for
chromatic consistency
• This luminaire is part of an A+ Certified solution for nLight® or XPoint™ Wireless
control networks when ordered with drivers marked by a shaded background*
To learn more about A+, visit www.acuitybrands.com/aplus.
*See ordering tree for details

LED WL4LED

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 97 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: WL4 20L EZ1 LP840 N100 NES7
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
S1
PLS17-219589

WL4 Wall Bracket & Surface Mount LED


A+ Capable options indicated
by this color background.

ORDERING INFORMATION Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative. Example: WL4 30L EZ1 LP840
WL4
Series Lumens1 Voltage Driver Color temperature Controls

WL4 4' wall-mount LED 20L 2000 lumens (blank) MVOLT EZ1 eldoLED dims to 1%, 0-10V LP830 3000 K (blank) No nLight
30L 3000 lumens 347 347V EZB eldoLED dims to dark, 0-10V LP835 3500 K N80 nLight® with 80% lumen
40L 4000 lumens LP840 4000 K management
LP850 5000 K N80EMG nLight® with 80% lumen
management for use with
generator supply EM power2
N100 nLight® without lumen
management
N100EMG nLight® without lumen
management for use with
generator supply EM power2
NLTAIR nLight AIR enabled3

Occupancy control4 Standby mode8 Options Finish10

(blank) No sensor control (blank) Fixture turns off when unoccupied EL7L LED Emergency battery pack (blank) White
nLight Wired Networking DIM10 Fixture dims to approximately 10% (nominal 700 lumens); see Life
light output when unoccupied Safety section9
NES7 nLight® nES 7 PIR integral occupancy sensor5
DIM50 Fixture dims to approximately 50% EL14L LED Emergency battery pack
NESPDT7 nLight® nES PDT 7 dual technology integral occupancy control 5 (nominal 1400 lumens); see Life
light output when unoccupied
NES7ADCX nLight® nES 7 ADCX PIR integral occupancy sensor with Safety section9
automatic dimming photocell5 SC Surface conduit end cap provisions
Individual Control
MSD7 Sensor Switch® MSD 7 PIR Integral Occupancy Control6
Xpoint Wireless
XADS7 XPoint™wireless controller and micro 360° PIR occupancy and
photocell sensor7
XADNS7 XPoint™å wireless controller and micro 360° PIR occupancy and
photocell sensor (egress lighting)7
nLight Wireless Networking
RES7N nLight® AIR PIR integral occupancy sensor with automatic
dimming photocell for Networking Capabilities
nLight Wireless Zone
RES7Z nLight® AIR PIR integral occupancy sensor with automatic
dimming photocell for zone control

Notes
1 Approximate lumen output.
2 nLight EMG option requires a connectio nto existing nLight network. Power is provided
from a separate N80 or N100 enabled fixture
3 Must order with RES7N or RES7Z sensor. Only availble with EZ1 driver.
4 See sensor options on page 3.
5 Requires N80, N100, N80EMG, or N100EMG. Cannot be ordered with EZB and EL7L or
EL14L together.
6 Not available with nLight options or EZB.
7 Not available with nLight options or Standyby Mode. Gateway not included. Requires
on-site commissioning. Visit www.lightingcontrols.com/XPointWireless for more
information.
8 Requires Occupancy Control.
9 Not available with 347V. Cannot be ordered with 40L, EZB, and sensor combination.
10 For additional paint finishes, refer to Architectural Colors.

WL4LED

LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2016-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 09/05/17

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 98 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: WL4 20L EZ1 LP840 N100 NES7
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
S1
PLS17-219589

WL4 Wall Bracket & Surface Mount LED

nLight® Wired Control Accessories:


Order as separate catalog number. Visit www.acuitybrands.com/products/controls/nlight.

WallPod stations Model number Occupancy sensors Model number


On/Off nPODM [color] Small motion 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech) nCM 9 RJB / nCM PDT 9 RJB
On/Off & raise/lower nPODM DX [color] Large motion 360°, ceiling (PIR / dual tech) nCM10 RJB / nCM PDT 10 RJB
Graphic touchscreen nPOD GFX [color] Wall switch with raise/lower nWSX PDT LV DX [color]
Photocell controls Model number Cat-5 cable (plenum rated) Model number
Full range dimming nCM ADCX RJB 10' cable CAT5 10FT J1
30' cable CAT5 30FT J1

nLight® AIR Control Accessories:


Order as separate catalog number. Visit www.acuitybrands.com/products/controls/nlightair.

Wall switches Model number


On/Off single pole rPODB [color]
On/Off two pole rPODB 2P [color]
On/Off & raise/lower single pole rPODB DX [color]
On/Off & raise/lower two pole rPODB 2P DX [color]
On/Off & raise/lower single pole rPODBZ DX WH1
Notes
1 Can only be ordered with the RES7Z zone control sensor version.

WL4LED

LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2016-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 09/05/17

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 99 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: WL4 20L EZ1 LP840 N100 NES7
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
S1
PLS17-219589

WL4 Wall Bracket & Surface Mount LED


Basic nLight Zone
Sensor Options
Automatic Occupancy Sensing nLight Wired nLight AIR nLight
Option
Dimming Photocell PIR PDT Networking Networking AIR Zone
MSD7 X
NES7 X X
NES7ADCX X X X
NESPDT7 X X
RES7N X X X
RES7Z X X X

Integrated Sensor with Individual Control


The MSD7 PIR occupancy sensor is ideal for areas without obstructions and where daylight
harvesting may be desired. Suggested applications include, but not limited to, hallways,
corridors, storage rooms, and breakrooms or other areas where people are typically moving. nLight Wired Networking
The nES 7 is ideal for small rooms without obstructions or areas with primarily walking
motion. Ideal areas include hallways, corridors, storage rooms, and breakrooms.
Additionally, the NES7ADCX includes an integrated photocell, which enables daylight
harvesting controls.
For areas like restrooms, private offices, open offices, conference rooms or any space with
obstructions, the nES PDT 7 dual technology sensor is recommended. The nES PDT 7 utilizes
both PIR (passive infrared) and Microphonics technologies to detect occupancy.

nLight AIR Wireless


Sequence of Operation nLight AIR is the ideal solution for retrofit or new construction spaces where adding
MOTION NO MOTION MOTION additional wiring can be labor intensive and costly. The integrated rES 7 smart sensor is
MAX part of each luminaire in the nLight AIR network, which can be grouped to control multiple
luminaires. The granularity of control with the digital PIR occupancy detection and
daylight sensing makes a great solution for any application.
Occupants Room Sensor
Detected In Unoccupied Detects
LIGHT LEVEL

The Space Motion

Sequence of Operation
MOTION NO MOTION MOTION
MAX

MIN
LIGHTS ON 17.5 MIN 2.5 MIN AT LIGHTS OFF LIGHTS ON Occupants Room Sensor
Detected In Unoccupied Detects
LIGHT LEVEL

TIME DELAY A 1% LEVEL


The Space Motion

Sensor Coverage Pattern


Mini 360° Lens
MIN
• Recommended for walking motion detection from mounting heights between 8 ft (2.44 m) LIGHTS ON 7.5 MIN 2.5 MIN AT LIGHTS OFF LIGHTS ON
and 20 ft (6.10 m) TIME DELAY A 1% LEVEL
• Initial detection of walking motion along sensor axes at distances of 2x the mounting *The presetting on the automatic dimming photocell is 5fc.
height up to 15 ft (4.57 m) and
• 1.75x up to 20 ft (6.10 m).
• Provides 12 ft (3.66 m) radial detection of small motion when mounted at 9 ft (2.74 m)
• Initial detection will occur earlier when walking across sensor’s field of view than when
walking directly at sensor

9 FT Mounting H H H
N N N

5.5 18
4.6 15
3.7 12
2.7 9
1.8 6
0.9 3 Simple as 1,2,3
0m 0 ft
0.9 3 1. Install the nLight® AIR fixtures with embedded smart sensor
1.8 6 2. Install the wireless battery-powered wall switch
2.7 9
3.7 12 3. With CLAIRITY app, pair the fixtures with the wall switch and if
4.6 15 desired, customize the sensor settings for the desired outcome
5.5 18

nLight AIR rPODB 2P DX Mobile Device

WL4LED

LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2016-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 09/05/17

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 100 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: WL4 20L EZ1 LP840 N100 NES7
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine) Notes:
S1
PLS17-219589

WL4 Wall Bracket & Surface Mount LED

Performance Data DIMENSIONS


All dimensions are inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted.
Lumen package Input watts Lumens LPW
20L LP830 18.7 2050 110 Specifications
3-11/16
20L LP835 18.7 2152 115 Length: with sensor - 50-15/16 (129.40)
(9.3)
20L LP840 18.7 2255 121 without sensor - 46-13/16 (118.90)
20L LP850 18.7 2410 129 Height: with sensor - 3-11/16 (9.3) 4-3/4 Without sensor
30L LP830 28.2 2952 105 (12.0)
without sensor - 3-7/8 (9.7)
30L LP835 28.2 3095 110
Width: 4-3/4 (12.1) 3-7/8
30L LP840 28.2 3251 115
(9.7)
30L LP850 28.2 3239 115
40L LP830 39.5 3927 99 4-3/4 With sensor
40L LP835 39.5 4124 104 (12.0)
40L LP840 39.5 4325 110
40L LP850 39.5 4571 116

PHOTOMETRICS
WL4 30L EZ1 LP840, 3250.8 delivered lumens, test no. LTL25482P5, tested in accordance to IESNA LM-79

180°
Coefficients of Utilization
pf 20%
90°
CP Summary pc 80% 70% 50% Zonal Lumen Summary
80° 0° 90 pw 70%50%30% 50%30%10% 50%30%10% Zone Lumens % Lamp % Fixture
100
0° 912 912 0 116 116 116 112 112 112 104 104 104 0° - 30° 701 21.6 21.6
200 5° 901 910 1 104 99 94 95 91 87 88 85 81 0° - 40° 1143 35.2 35.2
300 15° 856 879 2 94 85 78 82 75 70 76 71 66 0° - 60° 2032 62.5 62.5
60°
400 25° 777 823 3 85 74 66 72 64 57 67 60 55 0° - 90° 2829 87.0 87.0
35° 666 745 4 78 66 56 63 55 48 59 52 46 90° - 120° 256 7.9 7.9
500
RCR

45° 542 650 5 72 58 49 57 48 42 53 46 40 90° - 130° 310 9.5 9.5


600 55° 412 549 6 66 52 43 51 42 36 48 40 35 90° - 150° 386 11.9 11.9
700 65° 279 444 7 61 47 39 46 38 32 43 36 31 90° - 180° 421 13.0 13.0
40° 75° 151 346 8 57 43 35 42 34 28 40 32 27 0° - 180° 3251 100.0 100.0
800
85° 44 257 9 53 40 31 39 31 25 36 29 25
9000° 20° 90 5 219 10 50 37 29 36 28 23 34 27 22
0° 90°

MOUNTING DATA
For unit installation; surface ceiling or wall mounting.

46
1 (116.8)
(2.5)
1-5/8
(4.1) 3-3/8
(8.1)

1-3/8 17-3/4
(3.5) (45.1)

WL4LED

LED: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-858-7763 Fax: 770-929-8789 www.lithonia.com © 2016-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 09/05/17

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 101 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: SQWS LLP 4FT MSL4 80CRI 40K
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
400LMF DARK ZT 277 SCT C100
Notes:
S2
PLS17-219589

SPECIFICATIONS

Square Wall LED


SQWSꢀ|ꢀLEDꢀ|ꢀDirectꢀ|ꢀWallꢀ|ꢀADA Compliant
Type:

Project:

HIGHLIGHTS

• Total System Integration features


5-year limited warranty by Acuity Brands
covering all components and construction
• 4’ and 8’ sections
• Up to 86 lm/W
• Two lumen packages
• Softshine®-engineered comfort optics
• Continuously illuminated lens
• Flicker-free dimming to dark (0.1%)
powered by eldoLED® driver
• Flat or sculptured end caps
• White, black, painted aluminum, anodized aluminum
or custom color
DIMENSIONS
• Low profile ADA compliant design
SQWS

3 1 ⁄ 2” LUMEN PACKAGES

3 1 ⁄ 2” Direct LED Ouput 400LMF 800LMF


1
⁄ 2”
Delivered Lumens Per Foot 407 781

DETAILS Input Watts Per Foot 4.7 10

Lumens Per Watt 86 78

Option:
Flat end cap Sculptured end cap DISTRIBUTION

100% Down
COMPANION LUMINAIRE(S)

SQW4ꢀSquare Wall SQW1ꢀSquare Wall SQMSꢀ


Asymmetric I/D Asymmetric Indirect Square Direct

CUSTOMIZATION

Ask about the following possibilities: Integrated nLight module


for system networking, higher lumen outputs, alternate section
lengths in 2’ increments, alternate distributions, alternate
voltages, additional mounting options, custom colors, higher
CRI and R9 values and and other modifications.

PeerlessLighting.com
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All Rights Reserved. “Peerless” is a registered trademark of Acuity Brands Lighting. Products and technologies 510.845.2760ꢀ|ꢀTechSupport@PeerlessLighting.com
in this document may be covered by one or more U.S. Patents and Patents Pending. NOTE: Specifications subject to change without notice. Rev. 09/05/17 1

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 102 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: SQWS LLP 4FT MSL4 80CRI 40K
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
400LMF DARK ZT 277 SCT C100
Notes:
S2
PLS17-219589

Type:

Square Wall LED


SQWSꢀ|ꢀLEDꢀ|ꢀDirectꢀ|ꢀWallꢀ|ꢀADA Compliant
Project:

SPECIFICATIONS

Construction Dimming Driver Warranty


Extruded aluminum housing is 3.5” square. eldoLED® driver provides “natural dimming” with 5-year limited warranty. Complete warranty
smooth, continuous and flicker-free dimming to terms located at www.acuitybrands.com/
End Caps CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
dark (0.1%). Syncing for controls: 2mA max.
Extruded aluminum end caps are mechanically THD: < 20%. Insignificant inrush current at 120 and Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of
attached with no exposed fasteners. Flat end 277VAC. FCC Class A and B tested for EMI and RFI. end-user environment and application.
caps standard. For sculptured end caps, choose For 0-10V driver details go to: PeerlessLighting.com/566L All values are design or typical values, measured
option SCEP. under laboratory conditions at 25°C.
Electrical
Color
LED light engine — consisting of modular LED boards A+ Capable Luminaire
Color for housing and end caps is gloss white, black, and eldoLED® dimming driver — is rated for 60,000 This item is an A+ capable luminaire, which has
painted aluminum or anodized aluminum. Consult hours (L 80) at 25° C ambient temperature. Specify been designed and tested to provide consistent color
factory for custom colors. appearance and out-of-the-box control compatibility
120V or 277V. Pre-wired with 16AWG fixture wire. with simple commissioning.
Luminaire Length For special circuiting or wire gauge, consult factory.
4’ and 8’ lengths in a single section for exact Plug-in electrical connectors included. • All configurations of this luminaire meet the Acuity
suspension spacing of 4’ and 8’. For total length, add Brands’ specification for chromatic consistency
Environment
1” for each flat end cap and 2 1/4” for each sculptured For damp location label, choose option DL. • This luminaire is part of an A+ Certified solution for
end cap. Longer rows are comprised of starter, joiner nLight® control networks when ordered with drivers
and end sections. Validation
marked by a shadedꢁbackground*
CSA/CUS listed. LM-79 tested. Individual sections
Source
meet FCC Part 15 requirements. • This luminaire is part of an A+ Certified solution for
Two LED lumen packages and three available nLight control networks, providing advanced control
color temperature options (3000K, 3500K and Packaging
functionality at the luminaire level, when selection
4000K) — all within 2.5 MacAdam ellipses. 100% post-consumer recycled cardboard box and includes driver and control options marked by a
inserts. Biodegradable protective luminaire bag. shadedꢁbackground*
Optics
Recycled kraft paper tape.
Softshine® optical system consists of co-extruded To learn more about A+,
acrylic lenses and metal reflectors. Lenses connect visit www.acuitybrands.com/aplus.
end to end to form a continuous line of light.
*See ordering tree for details

A+ Capable options indicated


by this color background.

MODEL NUMBERꢀExample:ꢂSQWS LLP 16FT MSL8 80CRI 35K 800LMF DARK ZT 120 SCT F1/24A C110
t t t t t t
Luminaire Linear Length Plan Total Run Length Maximum Section Length LED Color Rendering LED Color Temperature
SQWS LLP Linear longest possible __FT 4FT MSL4 4' Section(s) 80CRI 80+ CRI 30K 3000K
LSL Longest same length Indicate Luminaire Row Length MSL8 8' Section(s) 35K 3500K
in 4’ increments. Ex: 12FT 40K 4000K

t t t t t

Direct LED Output Minimum Dimming Level Control Input Voltage Wiring Option
400LMF 400 nominal direct lumens per foot DARK Constant current, dimming to < 1% ZT* 0-10V 120 120V SCT Single circuit
800LMF 800 nominal direct lumens per foot DALI** DALI 277 277V
*0-10V will use linear
dimming curve
** Will use logarithmic
dimming curve

t t
Emergency Options Color Options
(Blank) None C032 Gloss white CSA Manufactured to Canadian Standards
1EC (1) Emergency circuit module C100 Anodized aluminum CP Chicago Plenum (available with F1A only)
2EC (2) Emergency circuit module C110 Painted aluminum ELH* Emergency through wiring w/single feed, shared neutral
__EC ___ Emergency circuit modules C201 Black (low gloss) ELS2* Emergency through wiring w/single feed, seperate neutrals
Emergency type is installed in last 4’ of luminaire C099 Custom color GLR Fast blow
sections. Separate feed required.
GMF Slow blow
SCEP Sculptured end cap
*Not available with CSA

PeerlessLighting.com
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All Rights Reserved. “Peerless” is a registered trademark of Acuity Brands Lighting. Products and technologies 510.845.2760ꢀ|ꢀTechSupport@PeerlessLighting.com
in this document may be covered by one or more U.S. Patents and Patents Pending. NOTE: Specifications subject to change without notice. Rev. 09/05/17 2

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 103 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: SQWS LLP 4FT MSL4 80CRI 40K
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
400LMF DARK ZT 277 SCT C100
Notes:
S2
PLS17-219589

Type:

Square Wall LED


SQWSꢀ|ꢀLEDꢀ|ꢀDirectꢀ|ꢀWallꢀ|ꢀADA Compliant
Project:

PHOTOMETRICS

400LMF 80CRI 35K 800LMF 80CRI 35K


86 lumens per watt 78 lumens per watt
1629 delivered lumens 3124 delivered lumens
per 4’ section per 4’ section

100% down 100% down

WEIGHTS & SUPPORT SPACING

Mounting spacing equals section length. Default location shown.

STANDARD SECTIONS Key:


Support location
Standard feed location
2’-8” 1” flat end cap
4’ Section 2 1⁄4” optional sculptured end cap
18 LBS
4’-2” O.A.

6’-8”
8’ Section
34 LBS
8’-2” O.A.

8’ Section 8” 6’-8” 1’-4” 2’-8” 8”


4’ Section
52 LBS 12’-2” O.A.

8’ Section 8” 6’-8” 1’-4” 6’-8” 8”


8’ Section
68 LBS 16’-2” O.A.

8’ Section 8” 6’-8” 1’-4” 6’-8” 1’-4” 2’-8” 8”


8’ Section
4’ Section
86 LBS 20’-2” O.A.

ELEVATION

LINEAR PLAN:
PEERLESS offers the ability to provide a continuous run plan to suit your requirements by optionally offering three different methods of configuration.

LSL- Linear Same Length:


In this configuration, each segment is the same length and is standardized based on the longest length available and is the only option provided. Because it is dependent
on one segment length there are mathematical limitations on what overall row lengths can be achieved. Example: 20 FT row would be achieved with 5, 4 FT long
segments equaling 20 FT (nominal).
LSL 4FT 4FT 4FT 4FT 4FT

LLP- Linear Longest Possible


In this configuration, the longest length available is optimized, resulting in the fewest segments and mounting locations. Caution, should be used where balanced
appearance is a concern. Example: 20 FT run would have 2, 8 FT segment and 1, 4 FT segment at the end of the run.

LLP 8 FT 8 FT 4FT

PeerlessLighting.com
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All Rights Reserved. “Peerless” is a registered trademark of Acuity Brands Lighting. Products and technologies 510.845.2760ꢀ|ꢀTechSupport@PeerlessLighting.com
in this document may be covered by one or more U.S. Patents and Patents Pending. NOTE: Specifications subject to change without notice. Rev. 09/05/17 3

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 104 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: SQWS LLP 4FT MSL4 80CRI 40K
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
400LMF DARK ZT 277 SCT C100
Notes:
S2
PLS17-219589

Type:

Square Wall LED


SQWSꢀ|ꢀLEDꢀ|ꢀDirectꢀ|ꢀWallꢀ|ꢀADA Compliant
Project:

MOUNTING DETAIL

3 1 ⁄2 ”

3 1 ⁄4”

Wall Bracket
1
⁄2 ”
Mounting holes
for #10 screw
Mounting holes to luminaire

eldoLED COMPATIBILITYꢁAdditional control options with eldoLED 0-10V driver(s).

PeerlessLighting.com/eldoLED-compatibility

PeerlessLighting.com
© 2014-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All Rights Reserved. “Peerless” is a registered trademark of Acuity Brands Lighting. Products and technologies 510.845.2760ꢀ|ꢀTechSupport@PeerlessLighting.com
in this document may be covered by one or more U.S. Patents and Patents Pending. NOTE: Specifications subject to change without notice. Rev. 09/05/17 4

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 105 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: ZL2N L48 3000LM MDD MVOLT 40K
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
80CRI WH / HC36
Notes:
T1
PLS17-219589

Catalog
Number

Notes
FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS
INTENDED USE — Sharing many popular Z Series elements, this solid-state strip offers long main- Type
tenance-free life, several color temperatures, lumen outputs and lengths. Ideal for new construction
and retrofit applications in T5 and T8 lengths. Ideal for uplight and downlight in commercial, retail,
manufacturing, warehouse, cove and display applications.
CONSTRUCTION — Compact-design channel and cover are formed from code-gauge, cold-rolled steel. Lensed LED Striplight
Improved easy "snap 'n' lock" end plates allow for quick attachment.

ZL2N
Finish: Paint options include high-gloss, baked white enamel (WH), galvanized (GALV), matte black
(MB) and smoke gray (SKGY). Five-stage iron phosphate pre-treatment ensures superior paint adhesion
and rust resistance.
OPTICS — Replaceable medium diffuse lens (up to 10%) offer ingress protection from debris.
ELECTRICAL — Utilizes high-output LEDs integrated on a two-layer circuit board, ensuring cool-running
operation. Internal pluggable wiring harness prevents wiring errors. Electronic LED driver is rated for 75
input watts maximum (see Operational Data on page two for actual wattage consumption), multi-volt 24" and 48" Lengths
input and 0-10V dimming standard. This fixture is designed to withstand a maximum line surge of
1.5kV at 0.75kA combination wave for indoor locations, for applications requiring higher level of protec-
tion additional surge protection must be provided.
LEDs provide 83 CRI at 3000 K, 3500 K,4000 K or 5000 K.
Lumen output ranges from 2100 to 6000 lumens. Beam angle is 110 FWHM (full width at half maximum).
Lumen output up to 1,300 lumens per foot. In 86°F (30°C) ambient environments, L70 is predicted to
be 100,000+ hours, L85 at 44,000 hours. Luminaire should be installed in applications where ambient
temperatures do not exceed 86°F (30°C). Ambient temperatures that exceed 86°F (30°C) will result in
reduced life and will void warranty.
INSTALLATION — Tool-less channel cover for easy installation.
Fixture may be surface, pendant or stem mounted. Three-point aligner locks in place for easy continuous
row mounting.
LISTINGS — UL Listed. CSA certified to US and Canadian safety standards. For use in damp locations
between -4°F (-20°C) and 86°F (30°C).
WARRANTY — 5-year limited warranty. Complete warranty terms located at:
www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
All values are design or typical values, measured under laboratory conditions at 25 °C.
Specifications subject to change without notice.

ORDERING INFORMATION Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative. Example: ZL2N L48 3000LM MDD MVOLT 40K 80CRI WH
ZL2N
Series Length Nominal lumens1 Diffuser Voltage
ZL2N Lensed LED striplight L24 24" 2000LM 2,000 lumens MDD Medium diffuse MVOLT 120-277V 277 277V
L46 46" 2000LM 2,000 lumens ZSD Zebra striped lens 120 120V 347 3472
L48 48" 3000LM 3,000 lumens 208 208V 480 4802
5000LM 5,000 lumens 240 240V

Color temperature Color rendering index Options Paint finish


40K 4000 K 80CRI 80 CRI PLR Plug-in wiring3 Cord sets: 8 WH White
30K 3000 K 90CRI 90 CRI PLR1LVG Plug-in wiring low CS1W Straight plug, 120V GALV Galvanized
35K 3500 K voltage5 CS3W Twist-lock, 120V MB Matte black
50K 5000 K BSL722 Emergency battery CS7W Straight plug, 277V SKGY Smoke gray
pack2,6,7
CS11W Twist-lock, 277V
OUTEND Cord set to exit
endplate of fixture CS25W Twist-lock, 347V
CS97W Twist-lock, 480V
CS93W 600V SEOOW white cord, no plug (no voltage required)

Notes
1 See Operational Data on page 2 for actual lumens.
Accessories: Order as separate catalog number. Replacement Lens
2 Not available with L24, 24" fixture. 347V and 480V utilize a step-down transformer.
ZACVH Aircraft cable with hook LZL2 XX MDIF Medium-diffuse lens. Specify length 3 See ordering information on page 3.
HC36 Hanger chain, 36" 24 or 48 (example: LZL2 24 MDIF)9 4 Not available with cordsets.
ZSPRG For 15/16" T-grid only 5 Use ZSPRG for surface mounting when order this option.
LSXR Sensor Switch® LSXR occupancy sensor3 6 Specify voltage, 120 or 277.
7 Output is 1400 lumens.
8 Cordsets exit back of fixture unless OUTEND option is specified.
9 XX denotes length.

INDUSTRIAL ZL2N
Page 1 of 4

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 106 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: ZL2N L48 3000LM MDD MVOLT 40K
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
80CRI WH / HC36
Notes:
T1
PLS17-219589

ZL2N LED Striplight


OPERATIONAL DATA
Delivered lumens Delivered lumens Delivered lumens Delivered lumens
Nominal Length 3000 K CCT @ 77°F 3500 K CCT @ 77°F 4000 K CCT @ 77°F 5000 K CCT @ 77°F Wattage @
lumen (inches) (25°C) ambient (25°C ) ambient (25°C) ambient (25°C) ambient 120V/277V Comparable light source
package temperature temperature temperature temperature
2,000LM 24 2, 009 2,092 2,249 2,457 34W/32W 1-lamp 32W T8, 1-lamp 54W T5HO, 50W HID
2,000LM 46 or 48 1,830 1,905 2,048 2,237 32W/31W 1-lamp 32W T8, 1-lamp 54W T5HO, 50W HID
3,000LM 46 or 48 2,835 2,952 3,173 3,467 42W/41W 2-lamp 32W T8, 1-lamp 54W T5HO, 70W HID
5,000LM 46 or 48 4,274 4,450 4,784 5,226 72W/70W 2-lamp 32W T8, 1-lamp 54W T5HO, 70W HID

PROJECTED LUMEN MAINTENANCE


Operating hours 0 10,000 20,000 30,000 40,000 50,000 60,000 100,000
Lumen maintenance factor 1 0.9466 0.9173 0.8888 0.8613 0.8346 0.8088 0.7131
Based on incomplete LM-80 data. Update expected Q1 2014.

DIMENSIONS PALLET DIMENSIONS


All dimensions are shown in inches (centimeters) unless otherwise noted. Approximate pallet
Length Approximate Fixtures per
Specifications subject to change without notice.
weight pallet dimensions
(L x W x H)
L24 6 lbs 408 46" x 46" x 32-11/18"
L46 8 lbs 178 46" x 46" x 31-1/3"
L48 8 lbs 178 46" x 46" x 31-1/3"
L92 16 lbs 176 98-1/2" x 46" x 31-1/16"
L96 16 lbs 176 98-1/2" x 46" x 31-1/16"

48-1/8
1-3/8 (122.2) 1-3/8
(3.6) (3.6)

2-1/2 21-5/8 21-5/8 2-1/2


(6.3) (54.9) (54.9) (6.3)

24-1/8
1-3/8 (61.3) 1-3/8 1-1/4
(3.6) (3.6) (3.0)
3-1/2
(8.9)

2-1/2 9-5/8 9-5/8 2-1/2 KO SIZE = 7/8 (22) Dia


(6.3) (24.4) (24.4) (6.3) SLOT SIZE = 1/2 (12.7) X 1/8 (4.0)
3-3/8
(8.6)

PHOTOMETRICS
Please see www.lithonia.com.

INDUSTRIAL ZL2N
Page 2 of 4

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 107 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: ZL2N L48 3000LM MDD MVOLT 40K
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
80CRI WH / HC36
Notes:
T1
PLS17-219589

ZL2N LED Striplight


PRODUCT INFORMATION Wiring
Advanced plug-in system with three-circuit capability. Available on industrial and strip products and a

PLR
variety of architectural products mounted in continuous rows. 1, 2, 3 and 4-lamp fixtures. PLR22 (2-cir-
cuit) and PLR33 (3-circuit) crossover harness switches hot circuit serving next fixture in row. Reduces
fixture types on job for alternating circuit applications (see example below.)
Easy one-step installation, saves up to 35% on labor costs. Expanded switching flexibility helps save energy.
Rows can be 50% longer with two-circuit systems. Polarized, lock-together nylon connectors prevent
miswiring in the field. #12 THHN conductor, rated 600V, 90°C. White neutral wire included. Grounding Advanced 3-Circuit Plug-In
accomplished by fixture in-row connectors.
CSA certified systems available with up to 2 circuits. G ground required.
Note: Specifications subject to change without notice.

ORDERING INFORMATION Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative.

Series Number of hot wires Branch circuits Dimming Ground


PLR (blank) Not required for 22 or 33 Circuits to which ballast is connected B Red wire LV Low-voltage dimming (blank) No ground in PLR
PLR22 1 Black (blank) Not required for 22 or 33 C Blue wire G Ground. Maximum 2 circuits
PLR33 2 Black and red A Black wire
3 Black, red and blue

Typical Applications TYPICAL APPLICATIONS


• Multiple-circuit and single-circuit for longer continuous rows PLR 3 C PLR 3 C PLR 3 C PLR 3 C PLR 2 B PLR 2 B PLR 2 B PLR 2 B PLR 1 PLR 1 PLR 1
(All PLR22)
• Multiple-circuit with alternating fixtures on separate circuits, Circuit A Circuit B Circuit A Circuit B Circuit A Circuit B Circuit A Circuit B Circuit A Circuit B Circuit A
2-circuit (PLR 22) and 3-circuit (PLR 33) (All PLR33)
• Multiple circuit with night-lights located along row as desired Circuit A Circuit B Circuit C Circuit A Circuit B Circuit C Circuit A Circuit B Circuit C Circuit A Circuit B
PLR 3 A PLR 3 A PLR 3 A PLR 3 C PLR 3 B PLR 3 B PLR 3 B PLR 3 C PLR 3 A PLR 3 A PLR 3 A

PRODUCT INFORMATION Passive Infrared Indoor Occupancy Sensor


A standard occupancy time delay is also present to ensure lights turn off (once minimum on timer has

LSXR
also elapsed) if no occupancy is detected.
This timer is factory set at 10 minutes to promote energy savings, but is adjustable between 30 seconds
and 30 minutes. These adjustments may be done through the unit’s push-button.
FEATURES
• Four interchangeable lenses - high mount 360°, low mount 360°, high mount aisleway, and small
motion 360°. Single Relay
• Integrated mounting bracket drops lens down 3" from chase nipple - no bracket accessory required.
• 100% digital PIR detection - provides excellent RF immunity
Note: Specifications subject to change without notice.

ORDERING INFORMATION Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative. Example: LSXR 10 ADC HVOLT 30M
LSXR
Series Lens option Dimming/photocell
LSXR Passive Infrared Indoor (blank) No lens 610 High and low mount 360° (blank) None
Occupancy Sensor 6 High mount, 360® 650 High mount 360° and aisleway HL High/low occupancy operation
10 Low mount, 360° 3PK High and low mount 360° and aisleway P Switching photocell (on/off)
50 High mount aisleway 4PK All lenses ADC Dimming and switching photocell
9 Small motion, 360° ANL Dimming and switching photocell with
high/low occupancy operation

Voltage Max dim level Min dim level Lead length Temp humidity Default time delay
(blank) 120-277 VAC (blank) 10 VDC (blank) Minimum dimming level of ballast (blank) 14" (blank) None (blank) 10 minutes (with minimum
(MVOLT) 9H 9 VDC 1V 1 VDC 42L 42" LT Low temperature 15 minutes on time)
HVOLT 347-480 VAC 8H 8 VDC 2V 2 VDC 5M 5 minutes (LED only)
7H 7 VDC 3V 3 VDC 15M 15 minutes
4V 4 VDC 20M 20 minutes
5V 5 VDC 30M 30 minutes
6V 6 VDC

For additional information see www.lithonia.com

INDUSTRIAL ZL2N
Page 3 of 4

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 108 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name: ZL2N L48 3000LM MDD MVOLT 40K
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
80CRI WH / HC36
Notes:
T1
PLS17-219589

ZL2N LED Striplight


OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
The Z Series fixture offers numerous options for almost every electrical and optical component, including a long list of field-installable accessories.

HANGER CHAIN Z SPRING HANGER


36" chain with Y hanger. Snap ‘n’ lock design requires no fasteners and can
be used on T-grid ceiling or universal mounting
systems.
Order as:
HC36
Order as:
ZSPRG

ZACVH HANGER
10' Aircraft cable with Y hanger.

Order as:
ZACVH

ZL2N

INDUSTRIAL: One Lithonia Way, Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800-315-4963 Fax: 770-981-8191 www.lithonia.com © 2013-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 06/29/17
Page 4 of 4

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 109 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name:
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
LRP W * RMR *** 120/277 *** X1
(SPECIFY: FACES, ARROWS, EMERGENCY)
PLS17-219589

Catalog
Number

Notes
FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS
INTENDED USE — Suitable for architectural applications where aesthetics and superior performance
are required. Type
CONSTRUCTION — High-polish, injection-molded virgin acrylic panel, ultrasonically welded to eliminate
visible hardware. Graduated depth of molded letters provides uniform light distribution on graphics.
Standard housing finish is brushed aluminum.
Precision-molded, textured letters – 6” high with 3/4” stroke, with 100 ft viewing distance rating, based
upon UL924 standard. Chevron indicator direction must be specified.
Recessed rough-in section constructed of 20-gauge, die-formed galvanized steel. Extruded aluminum
housing trim mounts flush onto wall or ceiling.
Edge-Lit Exits
Mounting canopy for top mount is constructed of extruded aluminum housing to match housing finish.
ELECTRICAL — Sealed, maintenance-free nickel cadmium battery delivers 90 minutes capacity to lamp.
Constant-current series charger, 24-hour recharge after 90-minute discharge.
Polarized battery connector simplifies installation and maintenance; prevents charger damage due to
improper connection.
LRP
OPTICS — LEDs mounted on printed circuit board. The typical life of the exit LED lamp is 10 years.
Low energy consumption – EL N operation: only 2.3W for 120V single-face red sign; 1.7W for 120V LED LAMPS
single-face green sign. Non-emergency operation: only 1.5W for 120V single-face red sign; 1.2W for 120V
single-face green sign.
INSTALLATION — Recessed mount – rough-in section for back, ceiling or end mounting. Fits into minimum
wall or ceiling opening 13-5/8” L x 4-1/2” W x 3-1/8” D.
Adjustable T-bar hangers adapt mounting tray for mounting in suspended ceilings or variable-size framed
openings. Trim ring has 3/4” variable depth adjustment to ensure flush fit against surface of wall or ceiling.
Plug-in wire connections and self-captive mounting screws for mounting panel/trim to rough-in section. WARRANTY — 5-year limited warranty, including lamps. Complete warranty terms located at:
Top Mount (TM) - low-profile mounting canopy attaches exit to J-box. No rough-in section required. www.acuitybrands.com/CustomerResources/Terms_and_conditions.aspx
LISTINGS — UL listed. Non-IC recessed mounting. Meets UL 924, NFPA 101 (current Life Safety Code), NOTE: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application.
NEC and OSHA illumination standards, and State of Minnesota requirements for less than 20W energy All values are design or typical values, measured under laboratory conditions at 25°C.
consumption. Listed and labeled to comply with Canadian Standards C-860 and C-22.2 No.9 (see options). Specifications subject to change without notice.
NEMA Premium certified.

ORDERING INFORMATION For shortest lead times, configure products using bolded options. Example: LRP 1 RMR LA 120/277 EL N
LRP
Family Housing color Number of faces Letters/background Directional indicators2 Input voltage
LRP LED (blank) Brushed aluminum 1 Single face RW Red on white (blank) None 120/277 Dual voltage
W White 2 Double face RC Red on clear (single face only)2,3 LA Left3 120/347 Dual voltage5
B Black RMR Red on mirror (simulates clear background RA Right3
BZ Bronze Specify for double-face exits)2,4 LRA Left and right
BS Polished Brass1 GW Green on white DA Double face4
U Unfinished GC Green on clear (single face only)2,3
GMR Green on mirror (simulates clear background Specify
for double-face exits)2,4

Emergency operation Mounting Item type Options8


(blank) AC only Specify (blank) Ceiling or back mount (blank) Complete exit panel and FI Fire alarm interface 9,10
EL N Nickel cadmium battery EM Recessed end mount rough-in section8 F Flashing emergency operation (one flash/second)9,11
X2 Lamp boards wired on two separate TM Top mount7 PNL Panel assembly only FA Flashing emergency operation and intermittent audible alarm
circuits (specify 120V or 277V)6,10 CSA Listed and labeled to comply with Canadian standards11

Accessories8,12: Order as separate items. Notes


1 Not available with EM option.
ELA R LRIS 120/277 EL N Single-face, red LED emergency rough-in section 2 See chart on back for more information.
3 Only available with single face.
ELA G LRIS 120/277 EL N Single-face, green LED emergency rough-in section 4 Only available with double face.
ELA R 2LRIS 120/277 EL N Double-face, red LED emergency rough-in section 5 Only available with CSA option.
ELA G 2LRIS 120/277 EL N Double-face, green LED emergency rough-in section 6 Not available with top mount exits (TM).
7 No Rough-In section required. Attaches directly to J-box. Only available
ELA LCRIS LED rough-in section (supplied standard with recessed exit unless PNL suffix is specified; order with AC operation.
ELA LCRIS only if needed for early installation). Available AC only with no options.9 8 When ordering recessed rough-in separately, all options must be
ELA US12 12” pendant-mount kit (Top mount exits only). Mounting canopy is brushed aluminum. To order included with rough-in nomenclature. Example: ELA LRIS 277 X2 F.
white or black canopy, add W or B to catalog number. Example: ELA W US12. To order 24” or 36” 9 Choice of F or FI, not available with both. Not available with top mount
lengths, add 24 or 36 to catalog number. Example: ELA US24. See spec sheet ELA-StemKits. exits.
ELA LRIS 277 X2 LED rough-in section (supplied standard with recessed exit unless PNL suffix is specified; order 10 Not available with CSA option.
ELA LRIS 277 X2 only if needed for early installation). 11 Only available with non-emergency. Only available with RW letter color.
ELA LRIS 120 X2 LED rough-in section (supplied standard with recessed exit unless PNL suffix is specified; order 12 Rough-in supplied standard with exit unless PNL suffix is specified.
ELA LRIS 120 X2 only if needed for early installation). Order separately only if needed for early installation.

EMERGENCY LRP

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page


C1727 ELS THV
16010-10 Submittal
FOR REVIEW
Submitted by Performance Lighting Systems Catalog
Page 110 of 110 Number: Type:
01/08/2018
Job Name:
ELS THV Production Renovation
Architect: Ewing Cole (Irvine)
LRP W * RMR *** 120/277 *** X1
SPECIFY: FACES, ARROWS, EMERGENCY
PLS17-219589

LRP Precise® LED Exit Signs


SPECIFICATIONS MOUNTING
All dimensions are in inches (centimeters).
ELECTRICAL EMERGENCY Shipping weight for panel: 5 lbs. (2.3 kgs.)
Shipping weight for rough-in section: 5.8 lbs. (2.6 kgs.)
Primary Circuit
Typical Supply Input Max. 1-3/4 1-3/4
Number of (4.4) 14-3/4 (4.4) 13-1/8
Type LED life1 voltage faces watts amps (37.5) (33.3)
2
120 1 2.3 .093 5-1/4 (5.1)
Red 10 years (13.3)
277 1 2.7 .095
8
120 2 3.2 .084 8 (20.3)
Red 10 years (20.3)
277 2 3.9 .094
120 1 1.7 .07 13-1/4
Green 10 years 13-1/4 (33.7)
277 1 1.9 .07 (33.7)
120 2 3.7 .14 Back Mount (recessed) Ceiling Mount (recessed)
Green 10 years
277 2 3.8 .14

ELECTRICAL AC ONLY 2
(5.1)
Primary Circuit 14-3/4
8
(37.5)
(20.3) 3-1/8
Typical Supply Number of Input Max. (7.9)
Type LED life1 voltage faces watts amps 13-1/2 4-1/2 13-5/8
(11.4) (34.6)
120 1 1.5 .087 (34.3)
Red 10 years 277 1 1.8 .089 End Mount (recessed) Rough -In Section
347 1 2.2 .107
120 2 3.1 .178 5-1/4
(13.3)
Red 10 years 277 2 3.4 .180
347 2 4.1 .220 4-1/4
120 1 1.2 .064 (10.8)
Green 10 years
277 1 1.3 .062
120 2 2.0 .06
Green 10 years
277 2 2.3 .06

BATTERY With Pendant


Mounting kit
Sealed Nickel-Cadmium (TM mounting only)
Shelf life 2 Typical life 2 Maintenance3 Optimum temperature4
3 yrs. 7–9 yrs. none 32°–100°F (0°-38°C)
1-3/4
Notes (4.4) 13-1/8
(33.3)
1 Based on continuous operation. The typical life of the exit LED lamp is 10 years. 2
2 At 77°F (25°C). (5.1)
3 All life safety equipment, including emergency lighting for path of egress must be maintained, serviced, and 8
tested in accordance with all National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) and local codes. Failure to perform the (20.3)
required maintenance, service, or testing could jeopardize the safety of occupants and will void all warranties.
4 Optimum ambient temperature range where unit will provide capacity for 90 minutes. Higher and lower 13-1/4
temperatures affect life and capacity. (33.7)

Top Mount (AC only operation)


KEY FEATURES

Silk-screening process allows customized text and/ Unique wedge-shaped panel design concentrates Trim fits flush against wall or ceiling for clean, Small rough-in section.
or graphics. light for uniform letter illumination. attractive appearance.

LRP

EMERGENCY: One Lithonia Way Conyers, GA 30012 Phone: 800.334.8694 www.lithonia.com © 1994-2017 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Rev. 11/01/17

Submitted On: Dec 13, 2017 Index Page

Вам также может понравиться